CLEVELAND STREET PHASE II - 08-0055-EN C -l' Y OF CLEARWATER
)t iai .. 1 rli i l � i8 11 VIVAE7, , :ft(',"� 't'�s�"^a i°�--���x�`5
,I 12'i'<.. `'slwo(i s,B il.l'lr'^rt,. 100 Sol-111 )i n i A,, Si ri 2-N), _lud w-.,d( F1,.[ko
1'.° x 1MH1,1 d 1)1Pl�P1MiNri,.
' 10, 2012
MTM Contractors, Inc:
Attn: Mr. Jeff.Stevenson
6550 53d Street North
Pinellas Park, f-lorida 3'781
Ike. Cleveland Street Streetseape Project (08-0055-EN)
Dear Mr. te1,ensono
Attached please find one (1) original "Certificate of Substantial Completion Form"for the above
referenced project for your files.
Very tr yours,
r ` T irn Kurtz
Senior Landscape Architec Oroject Manager
f
City of Cleary-eater
,sae
Attachment (1)
cc: Geri Campos-Lopez, Economic Development &Housing Director
Rick Bennett, Construction Inspector 11
Project file
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Project: Cleveland Street Streetscape—Phase 11
Contract#: 08-0055-EN
Location: -Clearwater, Florida
Contract Date: Decernber 21, 2010 Notice to Proceed Date: February 07, 2011
Date of Substantial Completion: April 06,2012
The work performed under this Contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the
O,,vner, and Contractor, and the Project (or specified part of the Project, as indicated above) is hereby
declared to be substantially completed on the above date.
DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Substantial completion is defined as the stage in construction when the
project can be utilized for the purpose for which it was intended. At
substantial completion, minor items that may be seasonally restricted
need not be completed, but the items that affect operational integrity
and function of the facility must be capable of continuous use.
The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and
correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated.
X
Jeff Stevenson, Proiect Manazer By:
MTM Contractors, Inc. Authorized Representative
Date:
The Owner accepts the specified area of the project as Substantially Complete and will assume full
possession of the specified area of the Project Agril 06, 2012 The responsibility for utilities,
security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth in the Contract Documents.
Tim Kurtz, Senior Lan d,sea ne Architect By:
City of Clearwater Authorized l epr sentative
7, — /0
)ate:
I
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CLEVELAND STREET
PHASE II - 08-0055-EN
PREPARED FOR
Clearwater
ISSUED FOR BID
SEPTEMBER/2010
ACpROf
_ CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
?? 12/9/2010
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMA ION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the
certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER CONTACT Cathy Green
NAME:
Stahl & Associates Insurance, Inc. P(A/C No HONE . (727) 391-9791 FAA/XC Nn: (727) 393-5623
110 Carillon Parkwa
Y
E-MAIL ADDRESS: Cathy • 4reen@stahlinsurance.com
PRODUCER CUSTOMERID#P0004938
St. Petersburg FL 33716 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURED INSURERA:Phoenix Insurance CoT an 5623
INSURERB:Travelers Property Casualty CO 5674
MTM Contractors Inc. INSURER C $rl efield Employers Ins Co -
6550 53rd Street N INSURER D:
INSURER E :
Pinellas Park FL 33781
INSURER F :
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER CL1081911182 REVISION NUMBER:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
ILTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INS D POLICY NUMBER MM/ D//YYYY MM/DDS LIMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
_ DAMAGYTUWERTE
PREMISES Ea occurrence -
$ 300,000
A CLAIMS-MADE Fx
]OCCUR 0319X5523 8/20/2010 8/20/2011 MED EXP (Any one person)- $ 10,000
X $1,000 _ PD Deductible PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000
GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
G?'N'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000
POLICY X PE 0 LOC $
AUT OMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
000
000
$ 1
X (Ea accident)
,
,
A ANY AUTO
L O
81083666071
/20/2010
8/20/2011 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $
AL
WNED AUTOS
SC
E BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $
H
DULED AUTOS
PROPERTY DAMAGE -
$
HIRED AUTOS (Per accident)
NON-OWNED AUTOS Medical payments $ 2 , 000
Uninsured motorist 131-single $ 20,000
X UMBRELLA LIAR X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 4,000,000
EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000
DEDUCTIBLE $
B X RETENTION $ 10,000 UP836G6071 /20/2010 8/20/2011 $
` . WORKERS COMPENSATION X WC STATU- OTH-
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
Y I N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ?
N/A E,L. EACH ACCIDENT
- $ 1 000,000
(Mandatory In NH) 83021099 /1/2010 4/1/2011 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 1 QQQ QQQ
describe under
U es
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000
A Leased/Rented Equipment 6609285AI05 8/20/2010 8/20/2011 per Its, $100,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space Is required)
Re: Cleveland Street Phase II 08-0055-EN. City of Clearwater is listed as additional insured with respects to General
Liability subject to policy forms & conditions
I.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
(727)562-4755
City of Clearwater
PO Box 4748
Clearwater, FL 33758
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ly Petzold/GREEN
M?vrty AO JAUUVIUV) CO 1988-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
INS025 (200909) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
1
' ADDENDUM NO. 1
for
CLEVELAND STREETSCAPE PHASE II
' Clearwater, Florida
Project Number 08-0055-EN
' DATE: October 6, 2010
SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1
TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
1
Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to
the Contract Documents:
The following changes to the above bid are issued to modify, and/or clarify the bid and contract
documents. These items shall have the same force and effect as the original documents, and bids to be
submitted on the specified date shall conform with the additions, deletions and revisions as listed herein.
The specific purpose of this Addendum 41 is to answer pre-bid meeting questions, respond to RFI's, and
' to revise the plans, bid form and certain specification sections for the above referenced project.
All addenda are a part of the Contract Documents and each bidder will be bound by such
addenda, whether or not received by him. It is the responsibility of each prospective bidder to
verify that he/she has received all addenda issued before bids are opened.
Specifically, the changes are as follows:
ITEM #1: REVISED BID OPENING DATE
1. The date of the bid opening has been changed to November 4, 2010 at 1:30 pm at the
Purchasing Office located at the Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, 3'd Floor,
Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520. All RFI's/bidder questions must still be submitted via e-mail to
' Mr. Tim Kurtz, City of Clearwater Landscape Architect at timothy. kurtz@myclearwater.com by
end of business day on October, 20, 2010. Answers to those questions shall be made available
no later than end of business day on October 27, 2010.
ITEM #2: CLARIFICATIONS
1. If a laydown/staging area is desired, the bidder is made aware that approval may be required
' from the City of Clearwater Planning Department and Building Department, including procuring
any necessary permits. If the laydown/staging area is on private property, a copy of any
agreement with the property owner must be filed with the City's Construction Management
' Department. If the laydown/staging area is on City property, you will need to give the City's
Construction Management agreement from the Department that owns the property.
2. There is an empty fenced lot on Cleveland Street just south of Martin Luther King, Jr. Boulevard
' which is owned by the City of Clearwater Economic Development Department. This property may
be an option for a laydown/staging area.
1
1
' 3. Survey for construction layout will be completed for the contractor by City of Clearwater Survey
Department. Coordination of these efforts will be discussed at the pre-construction meeting with
the successful bidder.
' 4. If unsuitable materials are encountered while excavating during construction the contractor must
contact the City Inspector prior to hauling the material off site.
5. A 5' wide temporary sidewalk may need to be constructed on the north side of Cleveland Street
' and on the east side of Martin Luther King Jr. Boulevard as part of an agreement with the
developers of The Strand project (1100 Cleveland Street). Bid Form Line Item No. 4004 will cover
the cost of that work should it be required.
' 6. All bidders are made aware of the fact that the Bid Form must be filled out completely, including
all unit prices and totals.
7. The 36" oak tree in the right-of-way at the corner of Washington Avenue and Cleveland Street will
need to be removed. No tree removal permit will be required.
8. This is a partially federally funded Davis/Bacon project and all requirements with respect to
Davis/Bacon do apply.
' ITEM #3: ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS DURING THE PRE-BID MEETING OF FEBRUARY 10, 2010
Q1: What is the time of the contract?
Al: The Contract Time is one (1) year from receipt of Notice To Proceed.
Q2: Who is responsible for the payment of permit fees?
' A2: There are no fees for contractor work to be completed within the City right-of-way nor within
easements that have been executed with adjacent property owners for the completion of this
project.
' Q3: Who is responsible for testing and testing costs?
A3: All testing and associated costs are to be the responsibility of the contractor.
Q4: Where is the valet/drop-off area?
A4: The valet/drop-off area can be found on Sheet SP-03, located in front of 1100 Cleveland Street.
Q5: What is the thickness of the concrete on the flared ends of the handicap ramps?
' A5: The thickness of the flared ends of these ramps is 6" where the flared ends are all concrete, and
6" as a base beneath the flared ends where these ends are finished with pavers.
' Q6: The existing handicap ramps and curb to remain at the corner of Myrtle and Cleveland conflict
with the placement of sanitary lines and the adjustment of a manhole. Shouldn't these ramps and
curbs be removed and then replaced?
A6: Yes, the ramps and curbs should be removed and replaced. The required FDOT Right-of-Way
Utilization Permit will be procured by the City.
END OF ADDENDUM #1
1
THE CITY OF CLEARWATER
PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
B : /s/WiIIiam B. Horne II
' City Manager
1
ADDENDUM NO. 2
for
' CLEVELAND STREETSCAPE PHASE II
Clearwater, Florida
Project Number 08-0055-EN
' DATE: October 22, 2010
SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2
TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to
' the Contract Documents:
The following changes to the above bid are issued to modify, and/or clarify the bid and contract
documents. These items shall have the same force and effect as the original documents, and bids to be
submitted on the specified date shall conform with the additions, deletions and revisions as listed herein.
' The specific purpose of this Addendum #2 is to answer bid meeting questions, respond to RFI's, and to
revise the plans, bid form and certain specification sections for the above referenced project.
All addenda are a part of the Contract Documents and each bidder will be bound by such
' addenda, whether or not received by him. It is the responsibility of each prospective bidder to
verify that he/she has received all addenda issued before bids are opened.
Specifically, the changes are as follows:
ITEM #1: ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS VIA E-MAIL & FAX PRIOR TO 10/20/10
' Q1: "The typical section of the road on sheet T-1 (fd from the top) labeled for Cleveland St
should be for MLK Ave.?"
' A1: This should be MLK not Cleveland Street. Plans will be corrected for construction.
Q2: "Will the connections to the existing water mains on sheet U-5 performed by city? Will
that be done by Tapping Sleeve & Valves"?
A2: The potable water main connections on Sheet U-5 will be performed by the contractor. These
connections will utilize tees, gate valves with linestops and restraints, sized as indicated on the
plan.
Q3: "On the cross-sections plans of Cleveland Street; the existing water mains on both sides
of the road are shown as 10". The plan views on the utilities drawings show 10" on the
south and 14" on the North side. Please verify."
A3: The sizes of the two existing water mains are shown correctly on the Utility Plan sheets. The
' labels on the cross-sections are incorrect, and will be corrected for construction.
Q4: "is the "Buy American Act. applicable for this project?"
A4: Yes - The "BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION" is included in SECTION VI - ADDITIONAL
PROJECT REQUIREMENTS in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS.
1
1 W-
1 "
Q5: In reference to Item no. 2014-Prepared Planting Soil Backf/ll; which specs to follow. Is
Section 02800 Article 2.2A or Section 02300 Articling 2.1 D?"
AS: Item No. 2014 - PREPARED PLANTING SOIL BACKFILL (2,520 CY) is specified in SECTION IV
' A -- SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 02300 - EARTHWORK, PART 2 -
PRODUCTS, 2.1.D Planting Soil Backfill (Per the DEMOLITION PLANS [D-01 to D-06] - This is
the rill material to be used in all proposed landscape planting areas, that are to be
excavated down to native soil
)
.
Q6: "Will the City require the milled Asphalt material to be delivered to their yard?"
' A6: No
Q7: "is there a soil report available for this project?"
' A7: See the CORE DATA TABLES on the Survey Sheets (SV-1 to SV-6).
"
"
Q8: Item no. 6015-Type 5 curb inlet; the quantity we took off is 5 not 6?
A8: Item No. 6015 CURB INLET,FDOT TYPE 5 (SINGLE WING) is 5 not 6.
(Structures #12, #14, #15, #16 and #21)
' See revised BIDDER'S PROPOSAL form.
Q9:
A9: "Item no. 6016-Type 5 curb inlet - conflict; the quantity should be 3 not 2?"
Item No. 6016 CURB INLET,FDOT TYPE 5 CONFLICT (SINGLE WING) is 3 not 2.
(Structures #1, #11 and #20)
See revised BIDDER'S PROPOSAL form.
Q10: "Item no. 6023-Manhole type J-4; the quantity should be 3 not 2?"
A10: Item No. 6023 FDOTSTORM MANHOLE, TYPE J-4 is 2.
(Structures #3 and #7A)
' "
"
Q11: Item no. 6024 Manhole J-4 Conflict, there is none on the plan?
All: Item No. 6024 should read FDOT STORM MANHOLE FORMED IN PLACE, TYPE J-4
(Structure #10)
See revised BIDDER'S PROPOSAL form.
Q12: "According to the pavement core data the Asphalt North side of Cleveland St between
Myrtle and Prospect Ave. is roughly 20" thick We are assuming that the width of this
area is 12' wide? Please confirm it. "
A12: The Core Data provided in the plan set represents all of the available information the City
has. Should any bidding contractor not feel uncomfortable with the information we have
' provided they are welcome to have additional cores taken. The City will assist within
reason, (i.e., review and issuance of the required Right-of-Way Permit) However, the
City feels the provided information is adequate, and will not bear any additional expenses
in this effort.
END OF ADDENDUM #2
1
THE CITY OF CLEARWATER
' PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
By: /s/William B. Horne, II
City Manager
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I INVITATION TO BID
SECTION I-A PRE-QUALIFICATION PACKAGE
SECTION II INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION IV-A SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SECTION VI ADDITIONAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
A) DAVIS BACON
B) BUY AMERCIAN CERTIFICATION
C) MBE/WBE REPORTING
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT
FOR BID
1
1
1
1
11
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
CLEVELAND STREET PHASE I108-0055-EN
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or
purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address:
www.m3LClearwater.com/cil3Mrojects, ON Thursday, September 16,2010 ', until no later than close
of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as
indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only.
"The work for which proposals are invited consists of, but is not necessarily limited to:
demolition, earthwork, grading, curbing, roadway paving, drainage system, utilities,
sidewalks, hardscape, pedestrian at-grade crossings, site furnishings, signage, landscaping,
irrigation, electrical and lighting; together with all necessary appurtenances."
A MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on Thursday,
September 30, 2010 at 10:00 AM in Room 130, MSS Building, Clearwater, Florida.
Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project.
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located
at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3`d Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520,
until 1:30 P.M. on Thursday, October 28, 2010, and publicly opened and read at that hour and
place for CLEVELAND STREET PHASE II 08-0055-EN.
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits
and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers,
vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from
City pre-qualified contractors who are qualified to bid Urban Streetscape projects with a
minimum prequalification amount of $4Million Dollars (these will be the only bids accepted for
this project). Contractors are to submit their pre-qualifications prior to the mandatory pre-
bid conference. A list of three similar urban streetscape projects completed within the last five
(5) years, which have involved assisting the merchants/retailers with maintaining normal
business operations, which were affected by the streetscape construction operations is
required. These projects must have safely provided for maintenance of vehicular and
pedestrian traffic.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
' George McKibben, Purchasing Manager
(727) 562-4634
1 SectionI
Page l of 1
8/27/2008
1
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS
TO
BIDDERS
1
1
[l
1
1
1
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
SEC TION II .................................................................................................................................. . i
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS .......................................................................... 1
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ................................. 1
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3
6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3
9 SUBCONTRACTORS ...................................................................................................... 3
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5
13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5
15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7
19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 8
21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................................... 8
SectionII i Revised: 7/17/2008
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan
Room - website address: www.myclearwater.com/citMrojects. Price of Contract
Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only,
which is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications,
bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified
bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a
possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor"
package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so
only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant
any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining
drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre-
qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering
Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-
4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street
address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and
delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14)
days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City
do not have to make reapplication.
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and
notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have
been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely
upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical
data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the
purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical
conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities)
which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in
Section]]
Page I of 9
[1
it
1
Revised: 7/17/2008
1
Section lI - Instructions to Bidders
preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical
' data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of
bidding or construction.
' 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions,
possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditions.
' 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
' additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
' submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
' 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
' temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
' Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required
by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
' of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terns and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the
' Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response
to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all
parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents.
Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be
answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and
' other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect.
Sectionll Page 2 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008
Section If - Instructions to Bidders
4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the
City or Engineer.
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of
a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the
Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract
by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be
forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of
the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid opening.
5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
6 CONTRACT TIME
6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal' items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General
Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9 SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence
of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the
Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed
fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If
the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed
Scctionll Page 3 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008
1
11
1
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award
' of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
' and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not
constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any
' Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance
after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions.
9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
' organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM
' 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in
ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder
must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations
or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract
Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump
' sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for
completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be
found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the
' work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the
work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct
proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items.
' 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
' shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or partnership.
' 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general
partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
' Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"x1l" manila envelope with the
project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid
shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof
' and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be
received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified.
Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
Sectionll Page 4 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008
Section 11 - Instructions to Bidders
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for
receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the
requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or
modify any bid.
13 REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds
for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized
alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that
Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful
financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the
City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists
among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future
proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which
in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees
and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
SectionII Page 5 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008
1
1
n
1
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales
tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements.
1
1
1
16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the
WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase
(ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV - Technical
Specifications and as defined in Section III General Conditions.
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor
Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders
with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with
respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of
commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has
implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process.
Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied
bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace
program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six
statements and the accompanying certification statement:
(1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and
specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy
of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and
employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for
drug abuse violations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
SectionII
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of
working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will
abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or
plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled
substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the
workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
(5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance
or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee
who is so convicted.
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
Page 6 of 9
Revised: 7/17/2008
Section 11- Instructions to Bidders
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in
favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of
figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may
be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and
experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by
the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and
other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the
best interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items
in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will
be awarded to only one Contractor.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the
solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with
the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with
protest procedures set forth in this section.
19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved
person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts
giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals.
Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the
bid/request document itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each
bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders
upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite
specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly
been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of
Section1l Page 7 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008
1
1
I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions
should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5)
' work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated
with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager,
' he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that
response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original
formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City
Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the
matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10)
work days of receipt of the appeal.
19.3 PROTEST FEE:
' When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5%
of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the
' protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing
Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid.
19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the
Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all
administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written
determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best
' interest of the City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
' 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance
related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety
' Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s
1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
' 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES
21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit
and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater
management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively
' reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters.
A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining
water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control
' practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment
loadings to surface waters.
1 SectionII Page 8 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008
Section II - Instructions to Bidders '
B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and
sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion
and sediment control provisions.
NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering
Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best
Management Practices.
References EPA website
1
1
1
SectionII
Page 9 of 9 Devised: 7/17/2008
SECTION III
GENERAL
CONDITIONS
' SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
r
1
1
Table of Contents:
1 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................. 1
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................•.. 5
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... . 5
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................... . 5
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION .................................................................... . 5
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ....................................................................... . 5
2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ............................................................................................... . 6
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ........................................................................ . 6
3.1 INTENT .......................................................................................................................... . 6
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ................................................. . 7
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................................... . 7
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ........................................................................................ . 7
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ........................................................................... . 7
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES .................................... . 8
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................................... . 8
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ........................................................................................... . 8
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND .............................. . 8
5.2 INSURANCE .................................................................................................................. . 9
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ......................................................... 10
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE ............................ 10
S. 2.3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE LIABILITY .................................................... 11
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 11
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 12
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 13
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 14
6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 14
65.1 STAGING AREAS .................................................................................................... 15
6. 5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ 15
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 15
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 16
6.8 PERMITS ....................................................................................................................... 16
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION .................................................................................... 16
6.10 EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................................ 17
6.11 DRAWINGS .......................................................................................................... 17
Sectionlll i . 9/9/2 008
611.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFls, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW ........................ 17
6.11.2 AS-B UILT DRA WINGS ............................................................................................ 18
611.3 CAD STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 20
611.4 DELIVERABLES: .................................................................................................... 22
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 22
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 23
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION .................................................................................................... 23
OTHER WORK .............................................................................................................. 23
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 23
7.2 COORDINATION ......................................................................................................... 24
OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 24
ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 24
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 24
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 25
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 25
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 25
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 25
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 26
CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 26
CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 27
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 27
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 29
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 29
CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 29
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................... 30
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 30
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK ....................................................................................... 31
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK ........................................................................ 31
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 31
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 32
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 32
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 32
PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 33
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 33
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 34
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 34
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 35
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................... 35
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT .......................... ................................. 35
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 36
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 0
1
2
3
4
36
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
Scctionlll ii 9/9/2008
1
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 37
' 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ..................................................... ................. 37
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ..................................................................... ................. 37
' 15.3
16 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ..........................
DISPUTE RESOLUTION ............................................................................. ................. 38
................. 38
' 17
17.1 MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 39
SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 39
17.2 GIVING NOTICE ......................................................................................... ................. 39
' 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM .................................................................................... ................. 39
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED .................... ................. 39
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 39
' 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION ................................................................................... ................. 39
18 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 40
' 18.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 40
18.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ............................... .................. 40
18.3 FIXED SIGN ............................................................................................... .................. 40
' 18.4 PORTABLE SIGNS .................................................................................... .................. 40
18.5 SIGN COLORING ....................................................................................... .................. 40
18.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ................................................................................... .................. 40
' 18.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE .............................................................................. .................. 41
18.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN ........................................................................ .................. 41
19
19.1 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION .....................................
GENERAL ................................................................................................... .................. 41
..................41
19.2 PROCEDURE .............................................................................................. ..................41
19.3 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. .................. 42
20 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ............................................ .................. 44
' 21 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 44
22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ........ .................. 44
' 23 MATERIAL USED ....................................................................................... .................. 45
24 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ................... .................. 46
1
1
SectionIII
1
III
9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions 1
1 DEFINITIONS '
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. '
Agreement
The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; '
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as
provided therein.
Application for Payment '
The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress
or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as
is required by the Contract Documents.
'
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or '
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. '
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
f
th
i
k t
b
f
d '
pr
ces
or
e wor
o
e per
orme
.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and
t b
d
d
th
i
f
i '
paymen
on
s an
o
er
nstruments o
secur
ty.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, ,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City '
The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida.
Construction Inspector '
A person who is the authorized representative of the Engineer and inspects City
construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of
the contract documents. '
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid ,
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any '
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement. '
Sectionlll Page 1 of 46 9/9/2008
1
' Section III - General Conditions
Contract Price
' The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
' Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
' The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of
this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has
been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
t Critical Path Method Construction Schedule-CPM
A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate
to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work
in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution
of the schedule.
' Day
A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
' Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
' requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
' Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
' Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County,
' Florida, or his authorized representative.
Engineer's Consultant
' A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
' F.D.O.T Specifications
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida
Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
' Furnish
The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
' The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
SectionIII Page 2 of 46 9/9/2008
1
Section III -- General Conditions
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or
overseeing.
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
Notice to Proceed (NTP)
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner
Person
Project
The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the
person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with
whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work
is completed.
A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial
entity.
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Request for Information (RFI)
An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from
the contractor to the Engineer.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically
prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations,
brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other
Sectionlll Page 3 of 46 9/9/2008
' Section III - General Conditions
information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or
' equipment for some portion of the Work.
Specifications
' Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
' Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the
' opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
' or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
' Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
' The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct
' contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
Surety
f]
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholas, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
' Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
' construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
SectionIII Page 4 of 46 9/9/2008
Scction III -- General Conditions
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by
this contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor two (2) copies of Contract Documents for execution.
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO
PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run.
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy
in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner or
Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify
any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any
time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this
insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer
shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and
SectionIll Page 5 of 46 9/9/2008
' Section 111- General Conditions
others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and
' to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path
' Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal
review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such
date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal
' Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this
schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner at the preconstruction conference a completed
' Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List.
The Owner or the Engineer's Consultant shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction
conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the
purpose of construction stakeout and as-built survey.
The Owner or the Engineer's Consultant shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction
' conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's
performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification.
' 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS
The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be schedule on a
' weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall
bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a
look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting,
and all material test reports generated in the same time period.
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
' 3.1 INTENT
' The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment
which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or
from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
' or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer.
Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
' association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such
reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise
' specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard
specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the
responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall change the
' duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees
Sectionlll Page 6 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III -- General Conditions
from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
shall be issued by the Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to
be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be
read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any
such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either
party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary
Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications
or Addenda the latest will govern.
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract
Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications,
provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Engineer for failure to report
any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should
have known thereof.
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the
Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands
which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with
which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner,
unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which
have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent
physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those
indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those
conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall
obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and
SectionIIl Page 7 of 46 9/9/2008
1
1
1
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are
subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data famished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER
prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a
member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any
excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the
protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in
local telephone directory.
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner
or Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or
destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor
licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for
more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a Owner survey
crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of
Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, the Contractor will be charged at
the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time
shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's
obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after
the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws
and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the
SectionllI Page 8 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of
"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff,
Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an
agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall
be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such
language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified
to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety
on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to
do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet
the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice
thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and
Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or
furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related
to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v)
Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner,
with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional
insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this
paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and
maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect
of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include
coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include
completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's
indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or
endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal
refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor
and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a
certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the
Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at
all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed
Sectionlll Page 9 of 46 9/9/2008
1 Section III - General Conditions
operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in
t effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each
other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of
' continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and
telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
' The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
t
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount
$1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory
(2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000.
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate
Sectionlll Page 10 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles:
Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount
$1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident
(2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar
document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which
may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for
purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's
Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide
full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be
accepted without prior approval from Owner.
Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S.
Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7,
8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor
fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to
secure the payment of compensation.
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on
Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants
and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured
or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and
damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the
effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of
recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor
waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents
for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by
such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all
such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured
under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to
Sectionill Page I I of 46 9/9/2008
1
11
Section III - General Conditions
the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise
payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor,
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and
agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential
loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused
by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and;
(ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting
from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed
Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or
after final payment.
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, except that Contractor
shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent.
Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a
specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or
indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner and
Engineer, except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's
representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communication to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The
Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted
whenever necessary.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's
Engineer shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed
from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the
Owner's Engineer.
Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a
result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally
approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign
an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his
records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the
Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full
reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the
Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on
weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be
$60.00 per hour.
SectionIII Page 12 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated
in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours
and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday,
or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
The Owner of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment
to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated
in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of
Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures.
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
"or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and
sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a
proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review
SectionIII Page 13 of 46 9/9/2008
1
1
Section III - General Conditions
of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination.
All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be
at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or
submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability.
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND
OTHERS
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the
work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to
communicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
SectionIII Page 14 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in
or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or
resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.5.1 STAGING AREAS
The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the Owner written permission for the use of all
staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction.
6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS
The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the
Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed:
• Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days.
• Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP.
• Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is
generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days.
Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• Sod must be restored with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe
pressure test. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed.
Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times.
If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod
restoration may be considered.
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in
the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract
Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
SectionIII Page 15 of 46 9/9/2008
1
1
Section III - General Conditions
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for
monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any
work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor
shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however,
it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and
inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of
opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work,
and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as
plant investment fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees
will be waived.
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials
and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause
Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the
weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been
damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so
protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of
Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which
5ectionIII Page 16 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the
education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe
conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees.
The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program
and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of
construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal
protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The
Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's
employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility
or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor
shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of
all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his
employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their
safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians
and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner
and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall givc Enginccr
prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a
change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to
document the consequences of such action.
6.11 DRAWINGS
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples
to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
SectionIII Page 17 of 46 9/9/200$
1
F
1
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor shall have determined and verified: (1) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions,
specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication,
shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,
and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop
Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work
and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that
Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall
give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample
submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a
written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and
approval of each such variation.
The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall
receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each
submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a
request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive
updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within
twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall
not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
on previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
SectionlII Page 18 of 46 9/9/200$
1
Section III - General Conditions ,
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, '
including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the
construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the
plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not '
indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which
are revealed during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer and the Engineer's '
Consultant at all times during the progress of the Project.
The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner Inspector for accuracy and compliance '
with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests.
The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-
Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for '
approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay
request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or
the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. '
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. '
The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1 General '
The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 61G17-6, Florida ,
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD file. '
61G17--6.002 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal
and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and
delineated: also know as Record Survey. '
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction ,
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the '
Owner with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems '
1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service '
connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes,
cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions,
pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if '
one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. '
Sectionlll Page 19 of 46 9/9/2008
1
11
1
Section III - General Conditions
6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new
and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described
above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear
type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of
1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement
shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or
vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6 Standards
The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61G17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points
at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7 Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS
6.11.3.1 Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes
DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
SectionIII
Page 20 of 46
9/9/2008
Section III - Gcncral Conditions '
TX suffix denotes text - use for all text, no matter the prefix '
6.11.3.1.2 Laver Namina Definitions:
GAS gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC power lines and appurtenances
PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC curbs
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property corners, monulmentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
SectionIII Page 21 of 46 9/9/2008
' Section III - General Conditions
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
' All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
' All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
' 6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text
height of .010 times the plot scale.
' 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES:
The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20'
' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format.
Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file.
' Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
address Thomas.MahgRy@myclearwater.com.
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
1 Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
' warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
' Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution
or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own
' expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its
completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any
defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
' which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
' Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
' Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (1) observations by
Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of
a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the
Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any
' acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer.
1
SectionIII Page 22 of 46 9/9/2008
1
Section III - General Conditions
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of thew from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work,
provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself),
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or
omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such
indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor
shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so
settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such
account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who
shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims
against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or
employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor,
Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts
or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this
paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers,
directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any
of them.
7 OTHER WORK
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
The Owner reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and
perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether
related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for
these purposes.
SectionIII Page 23 of 46 9/9/2008
' Section III - General Conditions
The Owner may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work
' will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity
is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with
the Contractor's work or schedule. At no time will the Owner let another contract to a different
' Contractor to perform work at the same site during the duration of the original contract.
7.2 COORDINATION
' If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site,
the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
' responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
' otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
' 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all
communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Engineer.
' The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly
and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
' Conditions.
The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
' The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in
the Article on Tests and Inspections.
' In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer
may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's
right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
' Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniqucs, scquences or procedures of construction or the safety
' precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
' Contract Documents.
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
' 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
' Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
SectionIII Page 24 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses,
Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the
intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and
interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written
clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time
and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a
written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract
Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be
defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the
articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's
authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and
Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge
of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the
acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for
Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred
initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this
paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the
claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than
thirty (30) days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written
supporting data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty (60) days after the
start of such occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the
submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter.
The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty (30)
days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time).
Engineer will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the
opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision
on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor
unless (i) an appeal from Engineer's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Engineer's
decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between
Section[ll Page 25 of 46 9/9/2008
Section Ili - General Conditions
Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution
' Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written
decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty (30)
days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party
in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party
may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws
and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in
' writing by the Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to the Owner or
' Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capaOwner. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such
claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or
Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter
pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
1 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
' Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision
of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or
not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any
' authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by
Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to
any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
' Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
' and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
' Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of
inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the
Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements
of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that
the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Engineer's Consultants, and assistants.
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any
time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions,
deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work
Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with
SeetionlIl Page 26 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract
Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in
article for Uncovering Work.
The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Engineer covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance
of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective
Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the
parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any
such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation. (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice
of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to Engineer or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start
of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or
event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate
data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the
claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
Sectionlll Page 27 of 46 9/9/200$
Section III - General Conditions
submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order
or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where
the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application
of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not
' covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sure.
(which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered
by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit
' prices for the Work.
Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
' where the Owner of Clearwater, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree
on a lump sum price, the Owner of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on
"COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing
' Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required
for the directed work.
The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items:
' 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual
payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes
' established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with
negotiating the subject change.
2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall
be substantiated through vendors' invoices.
3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation
costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current
' rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for
Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as
the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment
' and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs
associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned
equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize
lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed
estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for
' equipment on stand-by.
4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the Owner of Clearwater.
The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed
by the Contractor or Subcontractor.
A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If
' work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five
percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%).
' B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above.
C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4.
The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general
' supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense.
SectionIII Page 28 of 46 9/9/2008
1
Section III - General Conditions
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii)
Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer
to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the
Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly
adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit
price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover
Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor
may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit
Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding
adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that
Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional
expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the
parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price
contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the
construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and
completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change
order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the
construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such
reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his
original bid.
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer
promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with
Sectionlll Page 29 of 46 9/9/2008
' Section III - General Conditions
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer
' allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and
shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire
adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence
of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined
by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
' All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time
' (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
' Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
' article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
' Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension
of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall
be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable
to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or
employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
' by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including
but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by
utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for
' Other Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
' ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
' 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to
' facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents.
' If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments,
' Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer or Engineer's Consultants
' the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract
SectionIII Page 30 of 46 9/9/2008
1
Section III - General Conditions
Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible
for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or
approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval
prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be
uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at
Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention
to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such
notice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by
Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or
inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or
otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that
portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is
found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection
and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all
costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an
appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article
for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor
shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or
Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection,
testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or
extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in
Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work,
or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of
Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to
exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops
Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or
increase in Contract Price.
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer,
remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all
SectionIII Page 31 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal
' (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
' If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in
accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
' been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective
and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of
others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such
' instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the
Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and
all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement
' (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by
Contractor.
' In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
' Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such
' Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
' 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner
' prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owenr's evaluation
of and determination to accept such detective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to
reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final
payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease
' in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner
may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance
occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid
by Contractor to the Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct
defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance
' with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any
other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to
Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
SectionIII Page 32 of 46 9/9/2008
1
Section III - General Conditions
this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and
remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession
of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of
Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate
in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid
Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's
representatives, agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and
Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies
under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner
in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order
will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to
the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and,
if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore
as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages
will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or
damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall
not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and
remedies hereunder.
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an
Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of
the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the
Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,
payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment
will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials,
labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application
for Payment for the total of all Work (including as-built survey and Inspector overtime
reimbursement) completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work
covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of
any portion of the Work under contract.
The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and
work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an
Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site
marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with Section III,
Article 6.11.2 of these Specifications.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the
Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress
payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid
any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required
herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is
provided.
SectionIIl Page 33 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner
no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work
shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
Contractor shall at the Owenr's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid
compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful
claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged,
whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this
Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any
obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the
Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the
Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and
the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Engineer will within twenty (20) days after receipt of each Application for payment, either
indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to the Owner, or return the
Application to Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In
the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Engineer
may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered
evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously
recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect the Owner
from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring
correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change
Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv)
Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article
on Suspension of Work and Termination.
The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer
because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or
furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where
Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and
discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the
amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in
this paragraph. Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the
Engineer, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the
SectionIII Page 34 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when
Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which
(i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, and
Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be
used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's
performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all
the Work subject to the following:
The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such
part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor
will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and
request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work.
Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any
such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer
to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable
time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that
part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of
the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing
giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially
complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will
apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the
division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify
Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete or defective. The Engineer will produce a final punch list and assign a date for this
work to be completed. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has
delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions,
As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of
insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector
overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor
may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The
final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all
documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if
necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In
lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish
SectionIII Page 35 of 46 9/9/2008
1
1
Section III - General Conditions
receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include
all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls,
material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the
Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise
satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full,
Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the
Owner against any Lien.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Engineer so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for
payment and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make
payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than
the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in
paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by
Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made
under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not
constitute a waiver of claims.
If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection,
and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation,
all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been
completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled,
Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to
Owner for payment. Thereupon, Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that
the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return
the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final
payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and
substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the
amount recommended by Engineer.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than
those previously made in writing and still unsettled.
SectionIII Page 36 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions 1
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
1
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a ,
period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the
date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed.
Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract '
Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved
claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract
Time. '
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails ,
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere '
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
ineer
f En
d
th
th
it
di
if C
t
t '
g
;
sregar
s
e au
or
y o
on
rac
or
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this ,
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the
Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise
than as herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to the Owner that '
the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or
any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
d
'
,
written notice an
,
The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days
to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, ,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent
they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has 1
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem
expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the
Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims,.costs, losses and '
damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such
excess will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the ,
difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be
reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated
in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph '
the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not ,
affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not
release Contractor from liability. '
Sectionlil Page 37 of 46 9/9/2008
1
1 Section III - General Conditions
Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor, Engineer and Owner may, without cause and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
' for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
' for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
' profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
' with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
' economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
' If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
(90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Engineer fails
' to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner
fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor
may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Engineer, and provided the Owner or
' Engineer does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement
and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner
May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of
Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of
terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has
failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the
' Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due,
Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Engineer stop the Work
until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended
' to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or
Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to
Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article.
' 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may
otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration.
SectionIII Page 38 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
17 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other
documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall
be determined by the Engineer subject to the approval of Owner.
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any
error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or
agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to
the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The
provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights
to notice of assigmnent.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or
in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds,
and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Engineering
Department.
SectionIII Page 39 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
18 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
18.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE
' The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public
funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this
purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during
' the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active
work.
' 18.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE
Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended
locations or various locations. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and
management of project sign(s) shall be lump sum for the entire project. The number of and type
of signs will be stated in the Scope of the Work section of the contract documents. Lump sum
' item will be included in the bid proposal for signs. The particular wording to be used on the signs
will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the
wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference.
' 18.3 FIXED SIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade
' plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a
minimum of three pressure treated 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated
' wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide
secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the
ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be
' considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint.
18.4 PORTABLE SIGNS
' Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"00") in size and will be
attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080-
inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl
' lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic
barricade.
18.5 SIGN COLORING
Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other
' lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional
to the sign itself
18.6 SIGN PLACEMENT
Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the
project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either
pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the
signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of-
way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations
Sectionfil Page 40 of 46 9/9/2008
1
Section III - General Conditions
of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in
several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and
will remain in place until the request for final payment.
18.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal and disposal of all project signs during the frill course of the contract period. The
Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs
are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
18.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN:
PROJECT NAME
(CONTRACT NUMBER)
A OWNER OF CLEARWATER (DEPARTMENT'S NAME) PROJECT
CONTRACTOR:
OWNER :
COMPLETION SCHEDULE:
FUNDING PROVIDED BY:
19 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION
19.1 GENERAL
The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's
documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in
the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is
exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other
applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's
work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of
various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of
construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis.
Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number.
19.2 PROCEDURE
The Contractor and the Owner, prior to the ordering of any materials, must complete the
"Addendum to Agreement for Construction" form for this project. Other documents to be
included in this procedure are Attachment "A" (Owner/Contractor document for Owner-
Furnished Materials); Attachment "B" (Contractor/Sub-Contractor document for Owner-
SectionIII Page 41 of 46 9/9/2008
1
Section III - General Conditions
Furnished Materials); Attachment "C" (Contractor/Sub-Contractor document for Owner-
Furnished Materials); Attachment "D" (Procedure for Generating Sub-Contractor Direct
Purchase Orders for Sales Tax Credits); Procedures for Sales Tax Savings, Requests to
Requisition and Receiving/Invoice document; and Request to Requisition Standard Purchase
Order form. Attachment "A" is to be completed by the Contractor and submitted with the
"Addendum to Agreement for Construction", and the Contractor shall submit two (2) original
copies of the Addendum to the Owner. Attachment "B", "C", and "D" relate to Owner-
Furnished Materials that are part of the Subcontractor's work. Attachments "B" and "C" would
be completed for each Subcontractor responsible for materials as part of the Subcontractor's
work.
Attachments lettered "A", "B", and "C", included (as amended by notations thereon) and
incorporated within the contract documents shall be executed by the Contractor and applicable
Sub-Contractors and the terms thereof shall govern the purchase of materials for the Project as
determined by the Owner. The contract price shall be reduced by the cost of the materials
purchased by Owner plus the normally applicable sales tax as bid by the Contractor even if the
cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as bid by the Contractor. However, for purposes of
calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are
based on the contract amount, the original contract amount shall be used. The Contractor
reserves the right to authorize payments for invoiced materials, prior to Owner's authorization
process, as outlined in attachment "D". The Contractor will assist Owner in owner's direct
purchase of materials for the project. However, the Owner acknowledges that the Contractor's
Sub-Contractors nonetheless each reserves the right to purchase project materials directly,
without the Owner's prior approval and consequent power to eliminate reimbursement of sales
tax.
19.3 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Contractor shall provide the Owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and materials for
consideration as Owner-Furnished materials and shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as
well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. The
Contractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to
be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all
matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordancc with these
Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents
of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and
guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the
time of delivery due to the negligence of the Contractor. However, the Owner assumes the
risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at
the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project.
The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation,
and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular material furnished.
The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials.
The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of
whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the
Contractor.
As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect
all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The
Contractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by
SectionIII Page 42 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This
documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to
the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The
Contractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of
this Contract.
The Contractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and
determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently
defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the
description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non-conformities in
Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such
nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify
the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those
materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to
perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or
nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have
known by performance of an inspection, the Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to
the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including
liquidating or delay damages.
The Contractor shall maintain records of all Owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into
Contractor's Work from the stock of Owner-Furnished Materials in its possession. The
Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any Owner-Furnished Materials delivered
into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials, which have been
incorporated in the Contractor's Work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for
all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or
damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate
supplier, vendor, or subcontractor.
Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Contractor's
possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished
Materials. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and
interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination
that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to
sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is
no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters
that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify Owner of any audit,
assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and
relating to Owner-Furnished Materials.
On a monthly basis, Contractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of
Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during the month for use by the Contractor
and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon
Contractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. In order
to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a
listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within thirty (30) days of receipt of
said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders, which
will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written
acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required
SectionIII Page 43 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The
' Contractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as
appropriate. At the end of the Project, Contractor will be provided with a deductive Change
Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage
' materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Contractor at the Owner's direction, or
may be turned over to the Contractor for salvage or disposal at the Contractor's option. The
Contractor shall be entitled to the benefits of any discounts attributable to the early payment of
vendor invoices for materials furnished by the Owner pursuant to the Specifications.
20 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
' The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
' Contractor shall work and order thereof.
21 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
' GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
' Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in
Article 2 of these General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number
' of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE
DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor
fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the
' Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be
discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the
Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee
Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the
Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars
' ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment.
The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
' acceptance.
22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
' The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route with a printed door hanger
notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the
Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of
construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events;
possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts;
' Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number;
Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or
other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other
language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed
language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be
printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/ by 11 inches
in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected
SectionIII Page 44 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction
activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations
including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private
property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents.
Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal
business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen
inquires after business hours.
Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items
provided in the contract proposal.
EXAMPLE
CITY SEAL
Of
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION
TODAY'S DATE: / /
PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE
We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater
in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property.
This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property
owners of the pending start of construction.
(Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners)
The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way.
Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the
contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks
will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for
the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors,
textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or
structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will
not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property
owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within
the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere.
We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or
any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent
at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you.
Construction is anticipated to begin on:
Company Name
Company Address
Contractor Phone Number
23 MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
SectionIII Page 45 of 46 9/9/2008
Section III - General Conditions
24 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
' The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General
Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical
Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern.
1
1 SectionIII Page 46 of 46 9/9/2008
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION IV
'
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
' Table of Contents:
1 SCOPE OF WORK ...........................................................................................................1
' 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................
1
2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST . 1
2
.
................................................................................. .
2 FIELD ENGINEERING .................................................................................................. 4
' 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 4
2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS ............................................................................ . 4
' 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA ......................................................................................................
2
2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY . 4
4
.
................................ .
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4
' 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 5
3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ........................................................................... 5
' 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ 6
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... 6
' 6 CONCRETE ......................................................................................................................7
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK .......................................... 8
' 7.1 EXCAVATION ................................................................................................................8
7.2 FORMS .......................................................................................................................... . 8
' 8 REINFORCEMENT .........................................................................................................8
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................................................................................. . 8
' 9 OBSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................8
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALK S
AND STREET PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ 9
' 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .................................................................. 9
12 DEWATERING ............................................................................................................... 10
' 12.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 10
12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 10
' 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL ...................................................................................
12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND 10
WATER FROMANYNON CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY ........................... 10
' 13 SANITARY MANHOLES .............................................................................................. 13
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 13
' 13.2 PRECAST TYPE ..........................................................................................................
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 13
14
13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 14
' 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 14
Section(V 1 9/9/2 008
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS .............................................................................................. 14
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 14
BACKFILL ...................................................................................................................... 15
STREET CROSSINGS, ETC ........................................................................................ 15
RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 15
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15
UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL ..................................................................... 15
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 16
UNDERDRAINS ............................................................................................................. 16
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 16
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 16
STORM SEWERS .......................................................................................................... 16
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 17
19.2 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... 17
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17
SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS .............................................................. 18
20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 18
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 18
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 18
20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 18
20.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 18
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 19
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ................................................................ .............. 19
20.4 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... 19
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 19
20.4.2 1 L'SIING ON' FORCE MAINS .............................................................................. 19
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 20
20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 20
20.5.2 FORCE MAINPIPE ............................................................................................. 20
DRAINAGE ..................................................................................................................... 20
ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .......................................................................... 20
22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 20
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 22
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 22
22.2 SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................. 22
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT... ............................................................................. 22
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................ 23
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 23
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 2
3
23
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
SectionIV ii 9/9/2008
' 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ....................................... .................................................................
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................. 23
23
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
' QUALITY ASSURANCE... .........................................................................................
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 23
24
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 24
' 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 25
25
23.61 CRACKS ................................................................................................................ 25
' 23.62 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 25
25
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 26
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ....................................................................
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 27
27
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................... ................... 27
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 27
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 28
25.1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 28
' 25. 1.1 DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................... 28
25.1.2 PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................... 29
25.1.3 EXECUTION .
............................................ 34
' ...........................................................
25.2 LANDSCAPE . . ............................................ 37
25.2.1 GENERAL ................... :......................................................................................... 37
' 25.2.2 PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................... 42
25.2.3 EXECUTION ......................................................................................................... 45
' 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ........................•.........................
26.1 INTENT . . 52
52
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 52
' 26.3 MATERIALS ......................................................•--------................................•-------......... 52
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 53
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 53
' 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 54
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 54
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 54
' 26.9 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 54
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 54
' 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 55
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 55
' 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................
29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 55
55
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 555
5
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 56
1
SectionIV iii 9/9/2008
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .......................................................................................... 56
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ......................................................................................... 56
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 56
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 56
31 SODDING ........................................................................................................................ 56
32 SEEDING ......................................................................................................................... 57
33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM
STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 57
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 57
33.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 58
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 58
34 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 58
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 58
36 STREET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 58
37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 59
37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING ................................ 59
37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ................................................... 59
37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... 59
37.4 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 59
37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 59
37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... 59
37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ 60
37.8 LIGHTING ................................................................................................................... 60
37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL .................................................................................................... 60
37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................... 60
37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE ............................................................................................... 60
37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ................................................................................... 60
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 61
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 61
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 61
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 61
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 61
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 61
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 62
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 62
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 62
38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 62
38.10 COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................. 62
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 65
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 65
41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND
APPURTENANCES ....................................................................................................... 65
Sectioniv iv 9/9/2008
1
41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 65
' 41.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 66
41.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 66
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 66
41.2.3 GATE VALVES ..............................................
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 68
41.2.5 HYDRANTS ........................................................................................................... 68
41.2.6 SER VICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 70
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS .................................................................. 70
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ................................................................................ 70
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 71
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 71
41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................ 71
' 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 71
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 71
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS ......................................... 73
' 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 73
41.4 TESTS ........................................................................................................................... 74
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ............................................................
.
.. 74
.....
.....
................
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 74
41.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 74
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT .................................................
. 74
.
.......................................
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 74
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCED URE .......................................................................... 74
' 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 75
75
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 7
5
' 41.61 GENERAL .............................................................................................................
41.62 FURNISHAI VD INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 75
76
41.63 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 76
' 41.64 FURIVISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND
CO VERS ................................................................................................................
76
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS .. . . . .................................................. 76
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 77
43 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 77
' 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................... 77
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ............................................................................................. 77
43.1.2 BASE COURSE ..................................................................................................... 77
' 43.1.3 PRIME COAT ....................................................................................................... 77
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ........................................................................................... 77
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 77
' 43.1.6 COLOR COAT ...................................................................................................... 78
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ............................................................................................ 79
43.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 79
' 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ............................................................................................ 80
43.2.3 SLOPE ................................................................................................................... 80
43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION ...........................................................
. 81
' .
..........................
Sectioniv v 9/9/2 008
43.2. 5 PERIMETER CURBING .............................................................................. ......... 81
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE .................................................................................... ......... 81
43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER ......................... ...................................................... ......... 81
43.2.8 FENCING .................................................................................................... ......... 82
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ........................................................................................... .........82
43.2.10 COURTEQUIPMENT ................................................................................. .........82
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE .................................................................................. ......... 84
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) ......................................................................... ......... 84
43.2.13 CONCRETE ................................................................................................. .........84
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING ........................................ ......... 84
43.2.15 WATER COOLER ......................................................................................... ......... 85
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ..................................................................................... .........85
43.2.17 WARRANTY .................................................................................................. .........85
WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 86
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 86
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ..................................... 86
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ................................................................................ ......... 86
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 87
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS .......................................................................................... ......... 87
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ........ ......... 87
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ................................................ ......... 87
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS .................................................................................... ......... 87
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 87
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 88
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 88
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR... ......... 88
CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 88
45.1 INTENT .............................................................................................................. .......... 88
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY .............. .......... 89
45.3 MATERIALS ...................................................................................................... .......... 89
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE. PRFPARATION ......................................................... .......... 89
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ............................................................................. .......... 90
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ................................................................................... .......... 90
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ........................................................................... .......... 90
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................. .......... 90
45.9 PAYMENT .......................................................................................................... .......... 90
SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ........................... .......... 91
46.1 MATERIALS ...................................................................................................... .......... 91
46 1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS ................................................................................. .......... 91
46.1.2 QUALITYCONTROL ................................................................................. .......... 91
46.1.3 SAMPLES .................................................................................................... ..........91
46.1.4 REJECTION ................................................................................................ ..........91
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ........................................................................................... .......... 91
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES .............................................. 92
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ................................................................................. .......... 92
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS .......................................................... 5
6
.......... 92
44
45
46
Sectioniv vi 9/9/2008
1
1
l
46 3.3 PIPE JOINING ..................................................................................................... 92
463.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................ . 92
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ........................................................................................ 92
464.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ..................................................... . 92
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION .......................................................................... . 92
464.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS ......................................................... . 93
464.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ............................................................................... . 93
464.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ..................................................................... . 93
464.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ............................................... . 93
464.7 BACKFILLING .................................................................................................... . 94
464.8 POINT REPAIR .................................................................................................... . 94
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS .................................................................................. . 94
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ...................... 94
47.1 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................... . 94
47.2 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................... . 94
47.3 PIPE .............................................................................................................................. 94
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... . 95
47.5 FITTINGS .....................................................................................................................95
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................ 95
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT ............................................................................... . 95
48.2 REHAI3ILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ................. 95
48.3 COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................... 95
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 96
48.5 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................... . 96
48.6 WATER ......................................................................................................................... 96
48.7 REINFORCEMENT ..................................................................................................... 96
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ....................................................................................... 96
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ........................................................................................ . 97
48.10 PROPORTIONING ...................................................................................................... .97
48.11 MIXING ........................................................................................................................97
48.12 APPLICATION .............................................................................................................97
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ......................................................................................... 98
48.14 SURFACE FINISH ....................................................................................................... 98
48.15 CURING ....................................................................................................................... 98
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION .................................................................... . 98
48.17 INSPECTION ............................................................................................................... 99
48.18 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 99
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ......................... 100
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ............................................................................................... 100
49.2 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................. 100
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS .......................................................................... 100
49.3.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 100
49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 101
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 101
49.4.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 102
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ...................... I............................................................... 102
SectionIV
vii
9/9/2008
49.6 GROUTING MIX ....................................................................................................... 102
49.7 LINER MIX ................................................................................................................ 102
49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 103
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 103
49.10 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 103
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 103
49.11.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................................... 103
49.11.2 MIXING ............................................................................................................... 104
49.11.3 SPRAYING .......................................................................................................... 104
49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING ......................................................................................... 104
49.11.5 CURING .............................................................................................................. 104
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 105
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 105
49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................ 105
49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 105
49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 107
PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS .......................................................................... 109
IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................ 109
51.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 109
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ..................................................................................... .110
51.2.1 ASPHALT .............................................................................................................110
51.2.2 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................ .110
51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX ........................................................................... .110
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... .110
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE .......................................................... .111
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... .111
51.6 PLAYING LINES ....................................................................................................... .111
51.7 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. .1 l 1
51.8 LIMITATIONS ............................................................................................................ .111
RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ......................... .112
GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ................................................................................. .112
53.1 MATERIAL ................................................................................................................ .112
53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL .................................................. .112
53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: .............................................. . 114
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE ............................................................................................... .115
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ....................................................................................... .115
53.2 PERFORMANCE ....................................................................................................... 0
1
2
3
.115
50
51
52
53
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................116
54.1 SCOPE .........................................................................................................................116
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK .........................................................................................116
54.3 WORK METHODS .....................................................................................................117
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING .................................. .........................117
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ............................................................................117
54.4 LITTER ........................................................................................................................117
54.5 VISUAL CHECK ........................................................................................................117
SectionIV viii 9/9/2008
1
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING ........................................................... 117
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, 'ETC.)...... 117
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL ................................................................................................... 117
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................................... ....................... 118
' 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................. 118
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION ........................................................................................... 118
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA .......................................................... 118
' 54.13 MULCH CONDITION ................................................................................................ 118
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR ..................................................................... 118
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ...................................................... 118
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ................•....---................................................-•----•.............. 118
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ............................................................................................. 119
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE .................................................................................................. 119
' 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ........................................................................................ 119
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL ............................................................................... 119
' 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................
55 MILLING OPERATIONS ........................................................................................... 119
120
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 120
' 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 120
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ................................................................................. 121
' 55.4
55.5 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS .....................................................................................
ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES .................. 121
121
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 121
55.7
55.8 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................
MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 121
122
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 122
' 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING .....
.............................................................................. 122
122
' 56.1
56.2 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ....................................................................................
BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 122
122
57 RIPRAP ......................................................................................................................... 122
' 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ..........................•---...................................................... 122
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 123
' 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................ 123
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 123
' 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ........................................... 123
123
' 59.1
60 S BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .......................................................
IGNING AND MARKING ......................................................................................... 124
124
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 124
' 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING .............................................................................................. 124
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 124
' SectionIV ix 9/9/2008
62 TREE PROTECTION .................................................................................................. 125
62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 125 '
62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 125
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 126 '
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES .............................................................................................. 127
63.1
63.2 WEB PAGES DESIGN ...............................................................................................
WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 127
127 '
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ................................. ......... 127
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 128 '
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ........................................................................................... 128
63.6 POSTING .................................................................................................................... 128
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ 128 '
1
SectionIV x 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1 SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION
Project Name: CLEVELAND STREET PHASE II
Project Number: 08-0055-EN
Scope of Work: "The work for which proposals are invited consists of, but is not necessarily
limited to: demolition, earthwork, grading, curbing, roadway paving, drainage system,
utilities, sidewalks, hardscape, pedestrian at-grade crossings, site furnishings, Agnage,
landscaping, irrigation, electrical and lighting; together with all necessary appurtenances."
"Please see Section IV-A SUPPLAMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for
Supplemental Specifications which will supersede the City's "standard" Specifications
These shall include the following:
01000 REVISIONS TO SECTION IV SPECIFICATIONS
02000 SITE WORK
02200 EARTHWORK
02518 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
02751 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02800 LANDSCAPING
02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
02870 SITE FURNISHINGS
02920 SODDING
03000 MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT
CONTRACT PERIOD: 365 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS
SectionIV Page 1 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV -'Technical Specifications
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
Project Name: CLEVELAND STREET PHASE II
Project Number: 08-0055-EN
The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X"
as shown below:
1 X Scope Of Work
2.1 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Contractor
2.2 X Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The City
3 X Definition Of Terms
4 X Order And Location. Of The Work
5 X Excavation For Underground Work
6 X Concrete
7 X Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work
8 X Reinforcement
9 X Obstructions
10 X Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement
11 X Work In Easements Or Parkways
12 X Dewaterin
13 X Sanitary Manholes
14 X Backfill
15 X Street Crossings, Etc.
16 X Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures
17 X Unsuitable Material Removal
18 ? Underdrains
19 X Storm Sewers
20 ? Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains
21 X Drainage
22 X Roadway Base And Subgrade
23 X Asphaltic Concrete Materials
24 X Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt
25 General Planting Specifications
26
t Hd a Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining
27 Plant Mix Driveways
28 E] I R ortin Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials
29 X Concrete Curbs
30 X Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways
31 ? Sodding
32 Seeding
SectionIV Page 2 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
33 X Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures
34 X Material Used
35 X Conflict Between Plans And Specifications
36 X Street Signs
37 X Audio/Video Recording Of Work Areas
38 X Erosion And Siltation Control
39 X Utility Tie In Location Marking
40 X Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee
41 X Potable Watermains, Reclaimed Watermains and Appurtenances
42 Gas S stem Specifications
43 ? Tennis Courts
44 X Work Zone Traffic Control
45 Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining
46 ? Specifications for Polyethylene Sli limn
47 ? Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe
48 ? Gunite Specifications
49 Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration
50 X Project Information Signs
51 In-Line Skating Surfacing System
52 X Resident Notification of Start of Construction
53 ? Gabions and Mattresses
54 Lawn Maintenance Specifications
55 X Milling Operations
56 X Clearing and Grubbing
57 ? Ri ra
58 ? Treatment Plant Safety
59 Traffic Signal E ui ment and Materials
60 X Signing And Marking
61 X Roadway Lighting
62 X Tree Protection
63 Project Web Pages
1
1
1
1
SectionIV
Page 3 of 126
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
2 FIELD ENGINEERING
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such
work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site
improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the
work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the
Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals
under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As-
built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III
(General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents.
2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the
Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and
shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any
permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or
disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the
proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land
Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida.
2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA
The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the
Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing
locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record
drawings for the project.
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project
inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project.
Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and
grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the
rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be
computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the
project Record construction drawings.
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III,
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply.
For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that
the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a
basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not
SectionIV Page 4 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated
quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate
of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations
pertaining thereto.
3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS
Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of
local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard
adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise.
' 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows:
' AA Aluminum Association, Inc.
AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association
' AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
ACI American Concrete Institute
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AMA Acoustical Materials Association
AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
' APA American Plywood Association
ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
' ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWG American Wire Gauge
' AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association
AWS American Welding Society
' AWWA American Water Works Association
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
' CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards
DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida)
DOT Department of Transportation (Florida)
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FAC Florida Administrative Code
' FBC Florida Building Code
FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code
FGC Florida Gas Code
' FMC Florida Mechanical Code
FPC Florida Plumbing Code
FedSpec Federal Specifications
'
SectionIV Page 5 of 126 9/9/2008
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute
IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IPS Iron Pipe Size
MIL Military Specification
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NPT National Pipe Thread
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association
PCA Portland Cement Association
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI)
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
SDI Steel Door Institute
SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI)
SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI)
SJI Steel Joist Institute
SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National
Association
SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI)
SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI)
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
TCA Title Council of America
UL Underwriters' Laboratories
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 - ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE
WORK.
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK
The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
SectionIV Page 6 of 126 9/9/2008
' Section 1V - Technical Specifications
a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
' Person to City staff at the start of construction.
City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
' excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is
unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must
either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the
accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain
sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all
' safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
' Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
' the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid
in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the
body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place,
' excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling
and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
' 6 CONCRETE
Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest
editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the
Amcrican Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall
be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials.
Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall
' conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete
shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except
when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement.
' All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise,
for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3
compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion
of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as
SecttonlV Page 7 of 126 9/9/2008
'
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and
compensation or denial thereof.
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
7.1 EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon
which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a
point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the
dry".
7.2 FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by
written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth
equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall
be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or
springing.
8 REINFORCEMENT
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete
reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated
reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements.
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price for the item of work specified.
9 OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and
properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof.
Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains,
or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims
for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made.
Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or
obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or
benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land
surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the
nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means.
SectionIV Page 8 of 126 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS,
' CURBS SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
' shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
' unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-
180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
' materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or
square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
' shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
' pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
' the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot.
Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10
welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS
' Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the
construction progress.
' The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time
following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration
' within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction
activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests.
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery
' removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work.
The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on
' any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local
residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission.
Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater
' treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for
Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre-
1
SectionIV Page 9 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory
requirements.
12 DEWATERING
12.1 GENERAL
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and
the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the samc timc, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL
The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for
the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to
dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways.
Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must
collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The
following document has been incorporated into this section for reference...
12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED
GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE
ACTIVITY
City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental
Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities:
1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results
2) A copy of the 1~DEP Notification
Failure to follow the above procedure will result in a Violation and a Stop Work Order will be
placed on the project.
SectionIV Page 10 of 126 9/9/200$
1
1
Section IV -Technical Specifications
Depending on the severity of the Violation, the City's Engineering Department may be required
to notify the Department of Environmental Protection for enforcement action.
The following procedure will be followed:
1 st occurrence - Stop Work Order
2nd occurrence - Notification to FDEP
It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have
any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance.
STATE OF FLORIDA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER
FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY
The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site
activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62-
620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the
listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites,
analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to
determine if contamination exists.
Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be
sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement
of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued
coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit
shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be
sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Screening Values for Discharges into:
Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 mg/l
PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5
Total Recoverable Mercury - by Method 1631 E 0.012 µg/1 0.025 gg/l
Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1
Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1
Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/1
Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 gg/l
SectionIV Page 11 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/l
Benzene 1.0 µg/1 1.0 µg/1
Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1
If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the
discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City of Clearwater.
(a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which
may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic
compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC
requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional
information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the
method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The
Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates
that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight
organic compounds.
L
(b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty I
(30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information:
1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued
to; 1
2. the name and address of the facility, including county location;
3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); '
4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and
longitude);
5. the name of the receiving water; and '
6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit.
(c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the
Department. '
For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0
units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless
the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of ,
this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units
for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural
background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal '
waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units,
the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural
background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH '
of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this
permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration '
of less than 1500 mg/l, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or
greater than 1500 mg/l.
In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from '
floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on
surface waters.
SectionIV Page 12 of 126 9/9/2008
F
L
1
11
1
1
Section IV -Technical Specifications
If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph
(2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an
individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface
waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other
applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit.
If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any
source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having
to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed
activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office
within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during
discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge
Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department.
All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic
Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit.
13 SANITARY MANHOLES
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed
twenty four inches.
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
13.2 PRECAST TYPE
Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type Il cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5
inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be
a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum
concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days.
SectionIV Page 13 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for
approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance
to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by
the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as
numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before
being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering
system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered.
Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of
Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3.
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings
are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed.
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5)
inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing.
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring
shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade
changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 - Asphaltic Concrete -
Adjustment of Manholes.
13.3 DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301.
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II
Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type 11 Class 1) as
manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which
have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have
the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below.
The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry
thickness of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227
Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite.
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling.
SectionIV Page 14 of 126 9/9/2008
11
t
11
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
14 BACKFILL
Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources
as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or
debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all
fill shall be similar material.
Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
' shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
' unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%
compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
' minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure.
15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC.
' At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be
bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon
' the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
' The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STORM
' DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans
or as indicated by the Engineer.
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
' Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
' 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined
in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester.
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation,
SectionlV Page 15 of 126 9/9/2008
truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal.
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
18 UNDERDRAINS
The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of
Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe
shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and
aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate
may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be
stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8"
diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification
For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of
46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189
described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 -
SDR 35.
Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe
exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C,
manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of
splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60%
flatting and with a double gasket joint.
Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe
with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure
to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall
be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain
aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved
equal) per the construction detail drawings.
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted.
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above,
which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and
shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain
(specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway,
road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item.
19 STORM SEWERS
All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless
otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941
of the current FDOT Specifications.
SectionIV Page 16 of 126 9/9/2008
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent
' (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit
price for the pipe.
' All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty
is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street
before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No
' pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and
not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that
the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout.
' 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes,
' inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream
manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole
cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter)
' 19.2 TESTING
' The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all
conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer
which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration.
' The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by
filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the
crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer,
' whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or
exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish
all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the
' Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own
expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer,
remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No
' trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be
acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation.
' The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted,
measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of
' storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price
includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap,
' labor and incidentals, etc.).
SectionIV Page 17 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS
20.1 MATERIALS
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON.
Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R.
35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly
marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber
sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying
length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet.
Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and
fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP
water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline
easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral
connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets
shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41.
A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line.
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless
otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile
iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications
for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures
recommendations.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet
radiation shall be rejected.
20.2 INSTALLATION
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained
in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5.
The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable
width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and
compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be
performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted
haunching material or pipe alignment.
Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow
preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without
standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to
prevent flotation or misalignment.
SectionIV Page 18 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to
' remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm
support of pipe.
' Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an
approved water stop around pipe joint entry.
The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is
' required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction
inspector the location of all new laterals.
S 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical
' Specifications for water main pipe.
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
' The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings
describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from
the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings
' will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main
pipes in manholes.
' 20.4 TESTING
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
' The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all
conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level
' may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying
above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a
hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test
' section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the
exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter
per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the
amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or
exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to
remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire
' length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after
they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The
Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of
bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4-
inches shall be cause for rejection.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
' 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS
Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as
described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains.
1
SectionIV Page 19 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per
appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for
payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes.
Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline
of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the
property line.
Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete
the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering,
backfill and grading.
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of
these Technical Specifications for water main pipe.
21 DRAINAGE
The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the
progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them.
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
22.1 BASE
This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall
refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional
roadway base and subgrade items.
Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or
directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a
minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor
and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing
laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the
limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply.
Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs
required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done
to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can
commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material
shall be included in the bid item for base.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base
and subgrade placement or reworking.
The following base materials are acceptable.
SectionIV Page 20 of 126
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted
thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the
prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a
minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a
FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item
price for base.
3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in
accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition),
and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed
concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified
laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms
to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation
tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous
operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City
Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price
for base.
4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed
in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have
a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane
Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise
noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with
asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for
the work.
The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered
Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design
shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall
be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer.
The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use
of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement
shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests
(i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be
at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil
cement design.
5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with
Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and
compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in
the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item
price for asphalt or base.
6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the
finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless
SectionIV Page 21 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in
accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The
density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements
are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as
called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half inch (1/2"). Areas
deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if
so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such deficient areas that are left in place.
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item),
stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt
unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
22.2 SUBGRADE
All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall
have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by
the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of
the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in
accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing,
grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to
prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or
subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value
after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade.
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place
and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth
shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values
shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be
corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the
City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas
that are left in place (latest edition).
SectionIV Page 22 of 126 9/9/2008
1
1
n
Section IV - Technical Specifications
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in
the bid item for base.
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design
asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted.
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
23.1.1 AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections
901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous
materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
(latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance
procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing
laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all
materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons
include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/grada.tion and cores to
determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along
with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable
specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and
accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent
testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract
documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of
removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the
Contractor.
Pa ent reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined b the followin :
1. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/" or greater shall be
corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness
SectionIV
Page 23 of 126
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the
Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of 1/" or greater, the Engineer will
determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the
pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness
specified in the contract.
The Contractor shall notify the PM ect Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
lacement of all-asphalt.
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's
2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR
to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT
(RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES.
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements:
Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction)
COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches)
THICKNESS
(Inches)
Type S-I
Type S-I with
Type S-III
Top Layer
Type S-III
FC-3
Type S-III
with FC-3
Top Layer
Type S---I
with FC-3
Top Layer
1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd
1 1 1
11/2 11/2
2 11/ 3/4 * 1 1
2%2 11/ 11/ 11/z 1 11/2 1
3 11/2 1 %2 2 1 2 1
* At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets
Additional Notes:
1. Type S-III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only).
2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337
of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement
design detail.
SectionIV Page 24 of 126 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S--III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000
' Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed
limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000,
and all residential streets.
' 6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall
be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of
' 3000 or greater.
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
' The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture,
surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with
' Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION
' 23.6.1 CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by
the following steps:
1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method.
' 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as
appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the
' level of the surrounding roadway surface.
3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks
are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking.
' 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
' 23.6.2 POTHOLES
Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
' 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted.
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall
' be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each
item.
The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions:
' The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements.
The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum
' requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel
5ectionIV Page 25 of 126 9/9/200$
Section IV - Technical Specifications
adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or
fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per
manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each
riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring
section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original
casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that
the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are
thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each
riser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of
pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and
compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is
acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable.
All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final
asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving
operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On
arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period
between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve
boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be
included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure
that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all
utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the
scheduled paving.
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item
for asphalt.
2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the
road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely
manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom
Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas
shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that
picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water
supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off
of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site.
5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's
discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost
(including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
SectionIV Page 26 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336
of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be 1/" above the lip
or face of said curb per City Index 101.
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in
Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic
concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition).
2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to
Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise
specified in the Scope of Work.
4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and
accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used.
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and
measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack
and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching,
filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT
When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in
accordance with the following provisions:
' 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price
Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening.
' 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT
shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet
site. The address is: http://wwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business
1
SectionIV Page 27 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For
additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000.
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be
used for the initial determination of the asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt
will be used for payment calculation.
5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period
for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat.
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made
for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time.
8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
25.1 IRRIGATION
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic
underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials,
equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the
underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or
specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay
item.
B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the
turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be
sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of
the Engineer.
25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation
subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope,
mainline, system pressure, controls, etc.
B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all
applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work
shall apply.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with
the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall
be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the
Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of
three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information:
SectionlV Page 28 of 126 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour
' emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and
address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where
replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
' 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and
"hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the
Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered.
a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and
maintenance.
' b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and
maintenance.
' 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground
' improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting
requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of
main lines.
B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials.
C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until
final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen,
or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the
contractor.
D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to
the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be
' responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to
comply with the MOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the
public.
' 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory
' service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City
of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or
faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT.
' 25.1.2 PRODUCTS
25.1.2.1 GENERAL
A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations
' from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted.
SectionIV Page 29 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.2.2 PIPING
A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and
tested in accordance with these specifications.
B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785.
C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the
mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80.
25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS
A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or
trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval.
The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with
threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples.
25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER
A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as
recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end.
B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The
Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe.
25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS
A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant.
25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES
25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve
2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals
3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors
4. Non-Shock Safe-T Shear Stem
5. Safe-T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing
Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal.
25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2%" IN. AND LARGER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. AWWA-C-509
2. 200 lb. O.W.G.
3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B
SectionIV Page 30 of 126 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
4. Deep socket joints
' 5. Rising stem
6. Bolted bonnet
' 7. Double disc
8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle
' B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5'
long with a 2" square operating nut.
' 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater)
1
1
25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the
diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a
pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating
shall not be less than 150 psi.
B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic,
stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece
diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice.
C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip
inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections.
D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable
from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California, or approved equal.
F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings.
25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES
A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36
concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal.
B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION
25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION
A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear
polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning,
integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be
brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside
SectionlV Page 31 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded
to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers
shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self-
flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper.
25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION
A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet
pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and
with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating
pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9
gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure
compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The
drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be
available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified.
Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum
system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius
shall be 7".
B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be
installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction.
25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES
A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each
independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning
of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect
directly to the dripline.
25.1.2.10.4 AIRIVACUUM RELIEF VALVE
A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high
point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi.
25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds
per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating
accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high-
impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed
stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the
water passage.
25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS
A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial
size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be
constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance.
SectionIV Page 32 of 126 9/9/2008
25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS
Section IV -'technical Specifications
A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings
and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the
integrity of the subsurface irrigation system.
25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER
A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate
transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from
the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type
which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function
normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall
function if submerged in water.
B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to
insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for
screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box..
C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless
of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either
sequentially or independently.
D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station
run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a
seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed
on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to
the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of
manual single station or manual program operation.
E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California USA.
25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER
A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field
Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an
infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ASS
plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall
operate on one 9V alkaline battery.
B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad.
A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after
one minute when not in use.
C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK
Control Modules.
D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
1
5ectionIV
Page 33 of 126
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID
A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing
installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series
valve.
B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.3 EXECUTION
25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general
details of the work.
B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary
shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed,
except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor
in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given
to the Contractor.
D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by
outside authorities.
E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically
mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions.
F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific
interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or
clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the
decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall
be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost.
G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of
sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other
underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract
Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the
manner by which it relates to the installation.
H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that
obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or
specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be
brought to the attention of the Engineer.
1. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving
prior to roadway base.
SectionIV Page 34 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
'
25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL
' A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches.
Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on
Drawings.
' B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all
lines of other trades.
' C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind.
D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45
degrees to 90 degrees.
E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities.
' 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING
A
All
l
li
i
li
h
ll h
18"
f f
ll
l
d
i
h
. pressure supp
y
nes (ma
n
ne) s
a
ave
o
i
p
ace
over t
pe.
e p
' B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter
larger than %2 in.
C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition.
' D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil.
E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs.
' F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per
AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed
95% of maximum density.
' G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand
tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more
' than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall
have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to
prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities.
' 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING:
A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on
' Drawings.
B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines.
' 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations.
2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated.
' C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure
supply line.
D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between
' site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original
Drawings, and without additional cost.
1
SectionIV Page 35 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of
approved layout.
25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION
25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY
A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the
Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost
to the Owner.
25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES
A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install
lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings.
B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own
outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly.
C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical
Special Provisions.
D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the
male threads only.
25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER)
A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway,
utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies.
25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE
A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent.
1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling.
2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water
pressure is on.
3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer.
C. Curing
1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24
hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
D. Flushing the system:
1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control
valves and flush out the system with a full head of water.
E. Installing piping under existing pavement:
1. Piping under existing pavement maybe installed by jacking & boring.
Section].V Page 36 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing
' pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
accomplished at no additional cost.
1
1
11
I
1
1
1
25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS
A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans.
1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior
to installation.
25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the
top of the valve to finish grade.
B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other
equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer
than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways.
C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for
each sprinkler zone.
25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES
A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper
maintenance.
B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill.
25.2 LANDSCAPE
25.2.1 GENERAL
25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal,
Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and
Special Conditions when required.
25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory
agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and
environmental matters.
B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the
contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having
jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the
Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing.
25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to
the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and
SectionIV Page 37 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans,
Schedules, Notes and as specified herein.
B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to
prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish
grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish,
plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to
execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans.
C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to
prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will
appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the
landscape drawings.
D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document.
25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who
shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors
under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work,
shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their
commencement of work on the project.
B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices
C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the
Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the
Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate
and be considered the controlling document.
D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among
persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape
Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting
from compliance or non-compliance with these standards.
E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is
built into or affects the work in this Section.
F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to
excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-500-432-4770.
G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the
work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in
conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect.
25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance
period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established
by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year.
B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all
specified work.
SectionIV Page 3,8 of 126 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS
' A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor
must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of
' bidding.
B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of
the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void.
' C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any
substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without
' approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk.
D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions
and warranties stated herein.
' 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS
' O.A. or HT.:
The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of
the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
' C. T.:
C. W.:
1
SPR.:
Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with
no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or
similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf
sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms
or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the
fronds.
Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not
including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
ST. TR. :
Straight trunk.
MIN.:
Minimum.
GAL.:
Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc.
On center, distance between plant centers.
' DIA.:
Diameter.
LVS.:
' Leaves.
Section1v
Page 39 of 126
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
D.B.H.:
CAL.:
B&B:
PPP:
FG:
STD.:
Owner:
Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above
grade.
Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade,
larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade.
Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American
Association of Nurserymen.
Plants per pot.
Field grown.
Standard, single, straight trunk.
To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work
is performed.
Owner's Representative:
Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of
materials specified and execution of installation.
Contractor:
Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor.
Landscape Architect:
This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the
landscape Plans and Specifications.
25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS
A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune
prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark,
break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If
plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered.
B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected
from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have
been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be
pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time.
C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than
1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less
than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall
have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch.
SectionIV Page 40 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root
' pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at
the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except
plastic shrink wrap for transport only.
' E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches
of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a
minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling.
Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be
removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of
' delivery.
F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant
immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots
moist.
' G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof
tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after
' stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing
in a shaded area.
' 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS
25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS.
' A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions
under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project
' Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of
conditions and full responsibility for the completed work.
B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become
available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and
' following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape
Architect for adjustments to the Schedule.
' C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting
procedures.
D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage
' conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing
prior to planting.
' E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns,
protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations.
1
25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon
award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy
SectionIV Page 41 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The
Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule.
B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order
to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the
progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the Owner.
C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written
request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend
delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the
Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any
additional costs which may result from work stoppage.
25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities.
Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities.
Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties
concerned.
25.2.2 PRODUCTS
25.2.2.1 MATERIALS
25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE
A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material
Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of
Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint
Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names
accepted in the nursery trade.
25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in
the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the
species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant
diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in
leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems.
B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant
materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided
tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees
that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable.
C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality
for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II,
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition).
D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at
the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with
requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area.
SectionIV Page 42 of 126 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by
' governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that
are applicable to landscape materials.
' F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit
Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape
Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source.
' When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by
adjustment to Contract amount.
G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall
' be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This
measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be
taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to
measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger
than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with
no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery.
' H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where
symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible.
' I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter
and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the
plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen.
' Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B
procedures.
7. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa
provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect
approves the substitution.
' K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but
not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound
' condition exists.
25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED
' A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of
even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed
before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24
' hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be
installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation.
B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place.
Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements.
25.2.2.1.4 MULCH
A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a
pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan.
B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction.
SectionIV
Page 43 of 126
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER
A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for
application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags
bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully
conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws.
B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the
appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein.
C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for
all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling.
D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release
Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St.
Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) squarc
feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the
nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be
1:1 or 2:1 for-complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than '/a the
nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese,
iron, zinc, copper, etc.).
25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS
A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree
trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used.
B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper.
Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A
minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used.
C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with
a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4"
by 16" wood connected with two - V steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk.
D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved.
25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL
A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and
loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test,
prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be
unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to
the Landscape Architect immediately in writing.
B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist
of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over V.
C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil.
There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 - 6.5 pH) with no excess of
calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps,
roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or
SectionIV Page 44 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily
organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt.
D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of
Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width
of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil.
25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting
soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's
recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans.
25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION
A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal
members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed
so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree
within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at
breast height DBH at 4 - 1/2 feet above grade.
' 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM
A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for
protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install
as directed by the manufacturer.
' 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of
manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the
' site.
25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES
A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's
directions.
' 25.2.3 EXECUTION
25.2.3.1 PREPARATION
25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND
' A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities,
irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work.
' B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation
of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a
relocated position for any materials necessary.
' 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS
A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
' Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas
SectionlV Page 45 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's
specifications.
B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been
achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting
bed.
C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or
"Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect.
D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals,
the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the
Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the
Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish
grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will
conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface
drainage without puddling.
F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - %2 inches in any
dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated
material off the site.
25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING
A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of
Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the
full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8
inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface
drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release
fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS
A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's
Specifications.
B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub-
grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches.
C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth,
even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf
flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing
yard drains.
D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1)
pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed
granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form.
Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil.
SectionIV Page 46 of 126 9/9/2008
1
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and
' allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION
25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED)
' A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated.
Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction.
B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper
drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect.
C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well-
drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 -
6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction.
' 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans
' by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as
the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent
blockage of signage, etc.
' B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material
schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the
normally accepted spacing for each species.
C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of
installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant
' sizes.
D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the
Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as
' possible to the intent of the plans.
25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES
' A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides
and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
' B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after
settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground
surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain
' conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root
ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade.
' C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved
equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting
tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the
' middle and the bottom of the root mass.
Application rate:
' SectionlV Page 47 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet
3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet
5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet
7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet
Trees 3 tablets each 1/Z" (12 millimeters) caliper
Palms 7- 21 gram tablets
D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers.
E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the
base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the
sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all
tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of
the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade
Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in
among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection.
F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of
the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly
water-in before bringing the Backfill up to the proper grade.
G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each
variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to
straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant
a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant.
H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free
Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree
angles in a triangular pattern.
1. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved.
25.2.3.2.4 SODDING
A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the
soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut.
B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made
to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen
per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place.
C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface
edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub
areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying
sod.
D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water
shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50
millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the
application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will
prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to
keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade.
SectionIV
Page 48 of 126
1
9/9/200$
1 Section IV - Technical Specifications
E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other
' approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and
insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of
sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall
' be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated.
F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean
' silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be
leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas.
G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable
' wooden pins or by other approved method.
25.2.3 .2.5 SEEDING
A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of
Transportation. See plan for type of seed.
' 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING
A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound
' nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum
of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used.
Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved
' plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake
above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade.
' B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be
used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x
16 inch wood connected with two 3/ inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a
' minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade.
C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months
after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work.
' D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially
hazardous areas.
' 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING
A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching.
' B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied
mulch.
' C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before
compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified
on the Plans or General Notes.
1
D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of
buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a
minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings.
E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed
in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched
clearance from the outside edge of annuals.
SectionIV Page 49 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING
A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape
and form of the plant.
B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches,
and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree.
25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP
A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job,
keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess
soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition.
C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying,
staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications.
25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on,
about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards.
B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage.
C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to
landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.
D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms
as specified.
25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES
E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials,
property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees
to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be
done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the
Contractor who is responsible for the damage.
25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the
beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance.
B. Operations:
1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds,
mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control,
replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections,
replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out
repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural
practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under
SectionIV Page 50 of 126
I?
f]
1
9/9/2008
1
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the
' University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service.
2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance
practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy,
vigorous growth of the landscape.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of
water for all planted materials before leaving the site.
25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE
1 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's
' Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the
installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic
' inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor.
25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT
' A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any
part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set
forth in Plans and Specifications.
' B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape
Architect that the correction has been made.
' 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE
A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of
all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in
writing.
B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the
' terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty
period.
' C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the
Owner.
1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in
' performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment
sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such
' claim.
2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or
in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species
' specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract
price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative.
3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to
request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to
compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No
SectionIV Page 51 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that
exceed specifications.
25.2.3.5 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a
period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is
either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no
charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation
during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper
materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same
with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant
shall be given the equal amount of warranty.
26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING
26.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12"
sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and
form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic
sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and
functioning installation.
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for
prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the
installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system
has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The
installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system.
The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the
liner system and the installer.
26.3 MATERIALS
Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell
classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to
ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer,
from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material
shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum
property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements:
Material Property ASTM Method Value
HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi
Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi
SectionIV Page 52 of 126 9/9/2008
1
1
fl
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in
Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi
Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F
At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be
homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or
deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by
the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable
requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field
samples to the above requirements.
Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the
manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded.
Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design
calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading,
water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural
strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications
of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-500-344-3744 or
approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal
system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system
approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving
bids.
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
' It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
' to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
' operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage.
' All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal
in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to
control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the
t City's treatment plants.
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television
system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of
the entire periphery of the pipe.
SectionIV Page 53 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the
full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner
product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods
approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe,
pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation.
Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or
problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of
irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner
shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met.
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer.
Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be
resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected
unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect
any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local
system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of
door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project.
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
26.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully
completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center
of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems.
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS
New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the
pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be
constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the
exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified
for the street paving.
SectionlV Page 54 of 126 9/9/2008
1
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment
shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways.
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted.
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above,
which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications
and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS
The State of Florida has imposed strict requirements on Solid Wastes Handlers to decrease the
generation of solid waste products and in particular to increase the amount of recycle products.
In this regard, the City is required to determine the monthly total tonnage of all construction
debris which is recycled in this contract. A recycled material is any material reused in any
manner which diverts its alternative disposal to a publicly assessable landfill or by incineration.
If a material, such as clean earth, is not normally disposed to a landfill or incineration, then it is
not to be considered a recyclable material. The Contractor is required to include in each request
for payment the total tonnage of materials which were recycled by the contractor during the
contract period for which the payment request is made. Any cost to the contractor for the
development and submittal of this information is to be included in the contract items provided in
the original contract proposal.
29 CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition,
all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the
Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs.
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted.
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
Section1v Page 55 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'), unless otherwise
specified on plans. Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of six inches (6") and at
driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is also required. In addition,
all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber-mesh reinforcement. Expansion joints shall be placed at
intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet.
Concrete shall be poured only on compacted sub-grade. In addition, all the requirements of City
Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply.
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6)
inches in thickness with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 6" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete
sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted.
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price
shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
31 SODDING
Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at
the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and
excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and
structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform
finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be
graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod
that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in
advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall
SectionlV Page 56 of 126 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure,
' soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract.
Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor
at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be
' determined by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials,
' placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these
associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly
placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor,
equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the
basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the
Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
1 32 SEEDING
Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The
seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to
be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic
' conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982
and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used
instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye
Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required
that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured.
When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment
(including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in
place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such
work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work.
' 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER
STORM STRUCTURES
For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to
235.
' When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans
and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the
' Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other
causes until acceptance of the work.
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index
Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape
conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a
smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of
' concrete base.
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
SectionIV Page 57 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a
concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer.
33.2 PRECAST TYPE
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to
secure proper seating and bearing.
Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and
junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets
will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be
in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option.
Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or
outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of
precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be
provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be
acceptable for storm structures.
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
34 MATERIAL USED
This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 - MATERIAL USED.
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 - CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
36 STREET SIGNS
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED.
All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division
in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition).
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in
advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
SectionIV Page 58 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
37 AUDIOIVIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS
37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING
' Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording
taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
' as a record of a pre-construction conditions.
37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING
The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in
any area.
' 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio
videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation.
' 37.4 EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
' Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with
accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio
video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such
coverage shall be obtained by walking.
' 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO
Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
' recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective
description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio
recording shall also be free from any conversations.
37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO
' All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name,
contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom
' out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens
focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be
1
SectionIV Page 59 of 126 9/9/2008
Section IV -Technical Specifications
properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation
shall be recorded in SP mode.
37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer,
highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly
indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used
as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the
camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
37.8 LIGHTING
All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of
those subjects.
37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional
to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping
shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute.
37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX
All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number
and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall
describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of
the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video
unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the
date.
37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE
Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.
within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults,
fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or
right of way at any one time.
37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
SectionIV Page 60 of 126 9/9/2008
11
t
t
Section IV -'technical Specifications
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent
vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent
erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and
modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer
before installation.
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES
Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative
buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment
onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the
case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration
process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other
disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters,
dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one
week of installation.
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS
Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive
remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans.
During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided
they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City.
The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during
construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before
installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally
cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty
period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of
contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area
tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular
removal of sediment from the basin.
Section[V Page 61 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES
Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent
waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and
the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel
work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land
alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area
are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after
the in channel work is completed.
Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of
the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream
crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and
removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a
condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity.
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance
with the following standards:
a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time;
b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast
to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of
any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
38.9 MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
38.10 COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order".
City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods
that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation.
SectionIV Page 62 of 126 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
City of Clearwater - Erosion Control
This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible
for soil erosion control on their site.
The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of
soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways.
The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site
creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and
subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms
redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways.
When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The
procedure will be as follows:
1 st occurrence - Warning
2nd occurrence - $32 reinspection fee
3rd occurrence - $80 reinspecion fee
4th occurrence - Stop work order
Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify
the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly.
The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to
support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on
an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check.
If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact
Construction Services at 462-6126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741.
Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on
all land development projects.
Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result
in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder.
Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750.
1
Section1v
Page 63 of 126
9/9/2008
C
G
.p
wZ
Op
O
x
O
Q
Up
O
U W
W ?
x?
U1
z pw
W aw?
E"y
z-Zo
O i--1 o H o
O zzH
0 C)
U C?
O ? ?°o
O
Vl W
U W W0
;L,?
?w
Z? w w
0
va p o 0
H
o.
M oo °
O °
0-4
W Gw-Q sri Goq V1
?za
0
C) L)
W
a
w
0
U
1"
n
qT
N
`O
n
N
n
?o
N
N
.a
0
?o
U ?
O ~
G ? O
y U
y
U
O q •C
>1 y
? 3 c
??? 7 GGp
bD ? C?
v
w o
b
U
x
H z
v) cn
°
o 0
Q S ?
ll?
H
1
11
Section IV - Technical Specifications
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb
of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals
cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to
service connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by
the American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems
Police and Fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines
SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems
LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER
WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall
be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical
curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face.
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 21 - AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK
SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE.
41 POTABLE WATERMAINS RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND
APPURTENANCES
41.1 SCOPE
' The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in
connection with the construction of water mains and appurtenances including clearing,
excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up.
' SectionIV Page 65 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.2 MATERIALS
41.2.1 GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall
be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings
and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects
during shipment and construction.
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSFAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size Class Thickness
(In.) Rated Water Working Pressure
(PSI)
4" 51 0.26 350
6" 50 0.25 350
$" 50 0.27 350
12" 50 0.31 350
The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to
centerline of pipe.
Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSFAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with
approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSFAWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest
revision.
41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSFAWWA
C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241
and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784.
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be
compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings.
Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table:
SectionIV Page 66 of 128 9/9/2008
1
1
1
1
1
1
?LJ
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Size Dimension Ratio
(OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure
(PSI) Laying Length
(Ft)
4 18 150 20
6 18 150 20
8 18 150 20
Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the
use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage.
The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross
section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869.
Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling,
storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe
material for potable water service.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G solid
strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18 inches between each piece
of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum
above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the
adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass
plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury splice
kit (3M or equal) approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and
elbows.
41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS
Fitting from 4-inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with
ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in
accordance with requirements of ANSUAWWA C1 53/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall
be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require
requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA
Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic
(USA) manufacture will be acceptable.
41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT
Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved
mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants
shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on
hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint
connectors.
41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING
All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining
gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing
spacers installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the
SectionlV Page 67 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing
itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. '
41.2.3 GATE VALVES
Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with '
respect to the vertical. Valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall
be handwheel operated. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch '
square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the
pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left
(counter clockwise). '
Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be
rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock.
The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. '
Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines
shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. '
Two Inch and smaller Diameter: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves.
Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. 1
Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be
resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with '
ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 latest revision. These valves shall include the
following features consistent with C509, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at
200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body
from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal and '
internal cast iron parts coated with corrosion resistent coating.
Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the '
service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in
conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. These valves shall include the following features consistent
with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. '
All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, and
valved by-pass.
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES ,
Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast
iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be 3
piece valve box assemble. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to
accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be
provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their
installation shall be included in the bid price for valves.
41.2.5 HYDRANTS
No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of
the City of Clearwater water system: '
• Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant,
• Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant ,
SectionIV Page 68 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
• AVK Nostalgic 2780.
• American Darling B-84-B.
No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater.
' Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502
and include the following modifications:
1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery.
2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and include the
following modifications. Must be UL / FM listed.
' 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure.
4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and
' bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil.
5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two
sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line.
' Breakaway bolts not allowed.
6. Operating nut shall be of one piece bronze or ductile iron construction.
' 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and
corrosion due to moisture.
8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate
operation.
9. Operating nut shall be a #7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut.
10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals or threaded into
upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device.
' 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber.
12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0-
rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe.
13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections
with a breakable coupling.
14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories.
15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open.
' 16. Hydrant shall be without drains.
17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper
' nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread
Specifications.
' 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with
AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision.
All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502.
Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from
the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent
movement of the hydrant.
SectionIV
Page 69 of 128
9/9/2008
Section IV -Technical Specifications
All fire hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant
may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system.
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES
Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service
connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2-
inch service connections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles shall be wide bodied ductile
iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps.
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA
Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the
tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials.
2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery;
and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or
unsatisfactory material shall be used.
3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects
shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site.
4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in
handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The
Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that
are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be
purchased from the City and installed by City work forces.
Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery
(service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest
revision.
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when
required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from
possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed
are:
1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting,
approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the
assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve.
2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum
of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically
operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit
must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each
device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks.
Since installed devices must be tested annually and may be maintained by the City of Clearwater,
following are the approved models of devices allowed for installation by customers of the City of
Clearwater Water Distribution system:
SectionIV Page 70 of 128 9/9/2008
1
1
1
t
Section IV - Technical Specifications
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE
2" and Smaller Larger than 2"
Conbraco 40100 Conbraco 40100
Hersey Beeco Model FAC Hersey Beeco No. 2
Watts Model 709 or 007 Watts Model 709 or 007
FEBCO Model 805Y
Ames 2000 SS
REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE
2" and Smaller Lar er than 2"
Ames 4000 SS
Conbraco 40200 Conbraco 40200
Hersey Beeco Model FRP 11 Hersey Beeco Model 6CM
FEBCO Model 825Y
Watts Model 909 or 009 Watts Model 909 or 009
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES
Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412; Clow Corporation 3460; or
equal. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body,
stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug.
' 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Blow offs are not allowed.
1 41.3 CONSTRUCTION
' 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING
1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting
with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall
such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against
pipe already on the ground.
' 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any
part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his
expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
' 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite
or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.
' 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING
41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems
' plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly flushed before any pressure testing and
sterilization of the pipe can be completed.
' SectionIV Page 71 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section rV - Technical Specifications
The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42-
inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and
obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress
of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer
shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or
arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the
obstructions.
41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION
Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used
by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves
and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick,
ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials
and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or
dumped in the trench.
If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage
shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective
repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended
above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined
with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe
or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs
or rejection.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each
pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped
clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is
being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place
without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the
trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there
until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools,
clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the
pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to
prevent dirt from entering the joint space.
At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a
watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer.
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth
end at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the
Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at
bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade.
SectionlV Page 72 of 128 9/9/2008
11
1
' Section IV- Technical Specifications
Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal
' plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the
amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of
ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions.
' No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
41.3.3.1 GENERAL
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified
above for installation of pipe.
' 41.3.3.2 VALVES
Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended
unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to
' exceed 18-inches from the main line.
The valve box shall not transmit shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb
' over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished
pavement or such other level as may be directed.
41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and
minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located
10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the
hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of
two valves.
All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the
curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with
' nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 inch ductile iron branch controlled by an
' independent 6 inch gate valve.
41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by
attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers
recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining
' mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use
of hydrant connecting swivel joints.
' Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown
on the plans or specified in the field by the Engineer.
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES
' Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this
contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made
SectionlV Page 73 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV- Technical Specifications
until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met
and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer.
Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be
made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the
actual conditions. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision
of the City of Clearwater Water Division.
41.4 TESTS
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS
After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service
taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds
per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision.
All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any
hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump
connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and
all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor
at his expense.
The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will fixrnish the water
for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line.
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater Water Division 48 hours advance notice of the
time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
41.5 STERILIZATION
Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new
construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance
with AWWA C651.
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT
The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to
Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or
"Perchloron".
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing
shall continue until a clean, clear water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not
available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the
ends of the lines.
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE
All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a
minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then
remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight hours before it is flushed
SectionIV Page 74 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the
contact period.
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS
' After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free
residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall
be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set.
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS
After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of
Clearwater Water Division or City of Clearwater Construction Inspection personnel shall take
samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers.
The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health
for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the
presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests
' indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before
the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the
sterilization as outlined above.
1
1
If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in
accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall
have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of
samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all
respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida
Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into
operation.
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
41.6.1 GENERAL
Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form.
Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum
payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full
compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate
payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the
applicable pay items of work:
• Clearing and grubbing
• Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
• Shoring and/or dewatering
• Structural fill
• Backfill
• Grading
• Tracer wire
• Refill materials
• Joints materials
• Tests and sterilization
• Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system.
SectionIV
1
Page 75 of 128
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type
satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line,
including the length of valves and fittings.
41.6.2.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation.
41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron
fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped
on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more
than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case,
the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. Didn't the
method of payment change to per piece instead of per tonnage?
41.6.3.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for famishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment required to famish and install ductile iron fittings.
41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES
AND COVERS
41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished
and installed.
41.6.4.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all
plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover.
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and
installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are
listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions.
41.6.5.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust
SectionIV Page 76 of 128 9/9/2008
u
t
1
1
1 Section IV - Technical Specifications
anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the
' hydrant lead.
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
' This article not applicable.
' 43 TENNIS COURTS
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS
All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per
' 1,000 square foot.
Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned
' into the Engineer's Office.
43.1.2 BASE COURSE
' Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the
same as those for Limerock in Section IV _ Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical
Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required.
Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to
applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer.
43.1.3 PRIME COAT
The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall
' conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction".
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE
A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in
Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be
constructed running East and West.
' Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot
straight edge. If a deficiency of more than t/" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
' 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE
Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section
' 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed
running North and South.
' Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface
shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as
approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will
' SectionIV Page 77 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
be approved. If a deficiency of more than 1/o" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
43.1.6 COLOR COAT
43.1.6.1 MATERIALS
Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured
specifically for Tennis Court Application.
All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for
approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for
approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and
date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material.
43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION
43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials.
Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor
depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the
Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations for use.
After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a
deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled
or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications
of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the
Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not
require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and
rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix.
No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured.
43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE
The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required.
Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play.
The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for
all other others.
The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks.
43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES
Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines
shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint.
SectionIV Page 78 of 128 9/9/2008
11
1
t
1
1
it
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be
conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50
Degree's F and rising.
NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of
all base and asphalt related work.
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS
43.2.1 GENERAL
43.2.1.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of
clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The
scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with
sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal.
43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the
Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and
data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if
the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such
Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work
contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the
Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court
installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years.
The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of
five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a
determining factor in the award of the Bid.
43.2.1.3 STANDARDS
The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to
standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn)
Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The
Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment.
43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES
The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will
waive all permit fees.
43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT
The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The
Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in
conformance with the specifications and drawings.
SectionlV Page 79 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an
area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within
fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided.
43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE
The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable
time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and
complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its
sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to
Proceed."
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION
43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY
1
The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 1
43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION
The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence
surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction
area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The
existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the
proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing
tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade
material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new
courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide
documentation of any recycled materials.
43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE
The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade
elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of
the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor
shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE
The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded
to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage
away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a
density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is
required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.3 SLOPE
43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in
one plane, as indicated on the drawings.
SectionIV
Page 80 of 128
1
1
1
9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION
43.2.4.1 LINER
' Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a
minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to
deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows:
a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade.
43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE
The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality
Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it
shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade.
43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
' Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on
four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be
two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the
' pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five
(5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control
wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system.
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING
Ll
43.2.5.1 CURB
Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of
one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation.
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE
43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE
A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be
installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend
material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by
rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary
from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch.
43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER
Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the
outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating
buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis
courts.
SectionfV Page 81 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.8 FENCING
43.2.8.1 DESIGN
The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and
described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design
Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published
specification.
43.2.8.2 POSTS
All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT 25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT 25
pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system.
43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC
Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire
with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages.
43.2.8.4 GATES
Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically
engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for
double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and
designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes
as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock.
Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with
padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges - Size and material to suit gate size,
non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2)
pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height.
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS
The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing.
Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high-
density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12)
inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties.
43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT
43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS
Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in
width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance
between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles
court.
43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES
Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven-
eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a
reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support
SectionIV Page 82 of 128 9/9/2008
1
1
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be
Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation.
43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR
A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA.
43.2.10.4 NET
A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall
have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the
exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic
material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel
cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length
between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic
material at each corner. Basis of Design - Durand DTS by Ball Products, Inc.
43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP
Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide
buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to
the center strap anchor.
43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES
Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly
secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 - 1/2) inches.
Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA.
43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
Deliver the following equipment to the owner:
1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse
transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine.
2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles;
Proline.
3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline.
4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle
brush; with fence hook cast aluminum.
5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline.
6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction " Scrusher" exact installation
location by Owner.
7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels.
8. Court Rake (1 each) - six-foot length aluminum.
SectionIV Page 83 of 128
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE
Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana
Bench 8" - 81ong x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation.
Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture.
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable)
The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per
square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30
gallons of water per minute for each court.
43.2.13 CONCRETE
Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33,
and potable water. Mix materials to obtain. concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive
strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size
aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump.
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING
43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional
electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport
lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all
necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating
system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the
maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play.
Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval.
43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP
The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the
light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps.
43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT
The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development
Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works.
43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES
The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures.
The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any
other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by
the Contractor.
Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis
courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite
#104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A.
Stewart.
Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information:
Sectionly Page 84 of 128
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5
Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5
Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T5 new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2
circuits
Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5
Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles.
Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall
plan relocation light poles accordingly.
43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS
Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the
Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits.
New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include
the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles.
43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
43.2.15 WATER COOLER
The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area
of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation
Department for approval.
43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN
Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series - water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal.
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION
Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment.
43.2.17 WARRANTY
43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all
equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project.
43.2.17.2 WARRANTY
The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and
defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1
completion.
1
SectionIV
Page 85 of 128
court accessories against
year from the date of
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM
The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of
two years from the day of completion.
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC
CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone
traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization,
hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be
necessary at outlying points.
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of
performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction
permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the
Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for
Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident
Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of
Transportation, or most recent addition.
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians,
bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective
may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives:
• Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones.
• Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he
proceeds through or around the work zone.
• Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
• Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material.
• Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
• Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
• Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or
maintenance work zones.
The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone,
accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only
approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control
zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall
be provided by appropriate signs".
2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
SectionIV Page 86 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum
' standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
' Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of
' requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting
business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but
local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the
' designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer.
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways.
Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards.
' 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected
by the construction process.
' 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS
Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options.
' Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
' Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer
for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
' 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
' C-View Release
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS
' 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
' News Release
The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days.
' 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a
specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the
Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone
562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan.
1
SectionIV Page 87 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or
an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida.
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION
The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic
control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may
make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The
Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector.
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the
construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in
the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone
Traffic Control in the proposal form.
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on
the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control
Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic
Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of
Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or
sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the
Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review
the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The
Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain
traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure
that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification
of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control
or to provide alternate traffic arrangements.
Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may
be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a
designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in
temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities
deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety.
45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING
45.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer
and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin
impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand
SectionIV Page 88 of 128 9/9/2008
[l
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a
' complete, fully restored and functioning installation.
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
' The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval
for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed
liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and
' successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified
by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and
complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the
installer.
45.3 MATERIALS
' The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type
and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following
' properties:
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi
' Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi
Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi
' Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved
by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested,
complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20
traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no
structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures
specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box
' 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach
Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be
approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor
' prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later
than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids.
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
' interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
' restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's
responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The
Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid
' heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants.
SectionIV Page 89 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The
television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear
picture of the entire periphery of the pipe.
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on
the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by
the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of
laterals.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place
during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass
pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes
shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots,
excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be
removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to
manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered
during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City.
The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a
later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be
available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information
regarding the construction project.
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
45.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to
provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of
manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for
storm systems.
SectionIV Page 90 of 128 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING
' 46.1 MATERIALS
' 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS
The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight,
' high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc.,
Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or
approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D
' 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall
be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to
or exceeding the compound used in the pipe.
To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall
be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied.
' 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus
' maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound
except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from
the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks,
' holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density,
melt index, and other physical properties.
' The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in
plant blending is not acceptable.
The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the
' pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from
manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM
standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the
' testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at
selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM
D 33505 10.1.9.
' 46.1.3 SAMPLES
The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical
properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and
have them tested by an independent laboratory.
46.1.4 REJECTION
Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this
' specification.
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS
Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless
otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as
' specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work.
SectionIV Page 91 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE
Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If
the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that
it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS
Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should
be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt
fission joining method.
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING
Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above
ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the
manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of
meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to,
temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures.
46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE
Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused
sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred.
Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid
cutting or gouging the pipe.
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS
The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes:
12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer.
16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer.
18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer.
211/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer.
28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer.
34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer.
42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer.
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION
The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or
insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a
bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will
be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to
inserting the liner.
SectionIV Page 92 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS
' All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by
the specifying engineer or his representative.
Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall
be determined by the engineer.
' An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the
polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of
the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times
' the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible.
The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and
the water table.
' 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER _
After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and
' removed for the full length of the access shaft.
A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be
' connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer.
Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to
the project requirements.
' Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion.
Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours
' shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow
the liner pipe to stress relieve itself.
' The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it
terminates.
After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner
' shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from
forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric
properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer.
' The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs
or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement.
The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of
access to the area, and the working space available.
' 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES
The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and
' installation of the liner.
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED
' After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe
connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe.
1
SectionIV Page 93 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A
neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water
seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel
bands.
46.4.7 BACKFILLING
All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost
for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid
for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose,
it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to
determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide
adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage
areas will be arranged for by the contractor.
46.4.8 POINT REPAIR
The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has
been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be
made for each repair.
The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top
of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing
pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner.
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS
All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor.
Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be
graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in
street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer.
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE
47.1 SCOPE
This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm
water.
47.2 MATERIALS
All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter".
The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic.
47.3 PIPE
The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be
factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification.
SectionIV Page 94 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not
' more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths.
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM
' Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to
manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt
tight joint.
47.5 FITTINGS
' All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or
approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe.
' 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT
1 Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the
ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot
' (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide
penetration in the operator's judgment.
' Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society
for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland
Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot.
' Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali,
vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per
gallon.
' Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing
adequate pressure to penetrate the area.
' All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer.
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH
' GUNITE
Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and
' Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
Michigan, except as modified by those specifications.
Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent,
set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications.
The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified
strength.
48.3 COMPOSITION
Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to
produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application.
1
SectionIV Page 95 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS
Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete
which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall
have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi.
48.5 MATERIALS
Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the
American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150
for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds
per cubic foot.
Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong,
durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing
Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates.
Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture.
Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following
limits:
Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100%
Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100%
Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100%
Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85%
Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60%
Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30%
Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10%
48.6 WATER
Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil,
acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing
8.33 pounds per gallon.
48.7 REINFORCEMENT
Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming
to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn
steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial
Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7.
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It
shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each
shipment.
Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the
inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling.
SectionIV Page 96 of 128 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION
' Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and
inlets, shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all
' cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45
degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive
pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets
' to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping
shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement
gun shall not be less than 50 psi.
' Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to
remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove
' all particles from the cleaning operation.
To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water
prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running
' water exists.
48.10 PROPORTIONING
Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a
ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior
' experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be
required.
If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of
' all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring
materials shall be subject to approval.
' 48.11 MIXING
Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all
' large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to
become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer
should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes
and from the drum at regular intervals.
Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of
water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as
required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of
cement, including the water contained in the aggregate.
' Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without
being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused.
48.12 APPLICATION
Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be
placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below
' 32 degrees, Fahrenheit.
Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed.
' Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the
SectionIV Page 97 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in
confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or
wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty
conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses.
Guniting shall be suspended if:
1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle.
2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected.
Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the
area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All
cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of
gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh
shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind
existing reinforcement.
The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be
sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the
surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond
with succeeding applications.
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge,
preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and
adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air
jet.
48.14 SURFACE FINISH
Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to
ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal.
After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove
high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true,
flat surface.
After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish
except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings.
48.15 CURING
Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77
depending upon atmospheric condition.
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION
During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which
may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be
adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping,
brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit.
SectionlV Page 98 of 128 9/9/2008
1
1
1
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
48,17 INSPECTION
Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual
inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and
replaced with sound material.
48.18 EQUIPMENT
Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber
type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize
the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized
mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of
sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the
delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall
have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall
by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled
by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of
drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour
shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts.
' Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle.
The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150
feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air
' pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following
table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of
material hose:
1
Camp. Cap
Win) Max. Hose Dia.
(In.) Max. Size Nozzle
(In.) Min. Air Press.
(psi)
365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60
600 2 2 80
750 21/2 21/2 90
For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be
increased by 5 psi.
Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient
capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the
longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made
for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses.
Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer
capable of producing the required material velocities.
Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the
operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line
water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line.
The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating).
SectionIV Page 99 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT
It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of
manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to
these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion
protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular
system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All
OSHA regulations shall be met.
49.2 PAYMENT
Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the
installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate
payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the
pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation,
including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and
compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions
and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or
shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as
required for a complete and operable system.
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS
49.3.1 MATERIALS
49.3.1.1 LINERS
Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound
vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise
stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The
contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is
solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory
certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D
3753.
49.3.1.2 MORTAR
Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts
clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve.
49.3.1.3 GROUTING
Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of
clean, well graded sand.
SectionIV Page 100 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
' Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the
removal of the manhole ring and corbel section.
Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls.
Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole.
Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the
manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner.
If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar.
' Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing
inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts.
' Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout.
Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the
outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically
' as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular
void to insure an adequate bottom seal.
Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the
' existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to
seal the area around the manhole liner and piping.
' Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with
grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure.
Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed.
' Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage.
Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing
' sod.
Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness
' and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type 11
surface.
' 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious
' liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong
Seal MS 2 product.
Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory
training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying
the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural
cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the
application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and with the following specifications which includes:
' 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
' SectionIV Page 101 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2
coat application.
49.4.1 MATERIALS
49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations
and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi
3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi
4. Cement Sulfate resistant
5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL
Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's
recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
49.6 GROUTING MIX
Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according
to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum
28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi.
49.7 LINER MIX
Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole
surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi
2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi
3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi
4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H.
5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi
6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight
shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot.
Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to
5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a
lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight.
SectionIV Page 102 of 128 9/9/2008
1 Section IV - Technical Specifications
Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according
1 to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide
conditions.
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site.
' Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per
cubic foot.
Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag.
One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108
' pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume.
Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater
than 5/8" in height.
' Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for
any heavy metal.
Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process.
A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough
' troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray
applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively
smooth finish.
1 49.8 WATER
Shall be clean and potable.
' 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS
' No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation from the manufacturer.
' 49.10 EQUIPMENT
A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of
' producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles
with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete
with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered.
' Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete
with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power
the hydraulic system and air compressor.
i 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
' 49.11.1 PREPARATION
1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines
and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole.
' 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high
pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and
' Section[V Page 103 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any
large voids with quick setting patching mix.
3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to
the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the
infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the
quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present,
drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout.
Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required.
4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting
mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material.
49.11.2 MIXING
For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using
the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have
been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another
batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption
until each application is complete.
49.11.3 SPRAYING
The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running
water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all
cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light
troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the
bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface
sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second
application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then
troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the
surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel
marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have
elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is
sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at
the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to
a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a
minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow.
49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING
At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or
from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or
Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109.
49.11.5 CURING
Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is
imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been
completed.
SectionIV Page 104 of 128 9/9/2008
1
1
1
SectionIV
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT
SYSTEM
49.12.1 SCOPE
Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring
structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of:
1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume
infiltration
2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows:
a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or
b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks
3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing)
4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch
5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils
49.12.2 MATERIALS
49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT
A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to
instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The
repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall
have the following properties:
Set Time
Tensile Strength
ASTM C 307
Compressive Strength
ASTM -C 109
1-3 minutes
1 day 510 psi
3 days 745 psi
28 days 855 psi
1 day 3,125 psi
7 days 7,808 psi
28 days 9,543 psi
Page 105 of 128
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi
3 days 855 psi
28 days 1,245 psi
49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING
Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either
one or both of the following materials:
1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in
and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows:
Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86
Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86
Bonding Strength 250-300 psi
2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent
seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior
of manhole. Physical properties are as follows:
Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574
Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412
Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574
Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042
Toxicity Non Toxic
49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING
A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system
combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to
seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three
components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the
substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks
the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for
approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are
as follows:
Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement
ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi
Tensile Strength
(7 day cure)
ASTM C 190
380 psi (2.62 MPa)
325 psi (2.24 MPa)
at 100% RH
at 50% RH
Permeability
(3 day cure)
CRD 48 55
49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING
8.1 x10 llcm/sec to
7.6x10 cm/sec
A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and
provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following
properties:
Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days
SectionIV Page 106 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000
Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000
Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08
Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage
Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile
Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3%
Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4-5%
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F.
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture
shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will
have a dark grey color.
1 49.12.2.5 EPOXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This
' epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including
excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be
applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its
' uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the
following properties at 75 degrees F:
' Mixing Ratio (Parts A: B), by volume 1:1
Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray
Pot Life, hrs 1
' Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000
Tensile Elongation, % 10-20
Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5
' Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800
49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK,
Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin
Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others.
49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW
Work shall proceed as follows:
1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client.
2. Clean manhole and remove debris.
1
SectionIV
1
a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris.
b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease.
c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure.
Page 107 of 128
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
d. Remove debris from work area.
3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement.
(Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as
required by client.
4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration.
5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as
needed.
6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces.
7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces.
NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step
6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to
cement lining.
49.12.3.2 PREPARATION
An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the
rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to
remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from
entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective
screens.
49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR
Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill
cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying
waterproofing/crystallization.
49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL
Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam.
1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface.
2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Inject material until water flow stops.
4. Remove fittings (if necessary).
49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS
1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiffbrush, forming an undercoat.
2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand.
3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal
forming process.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks.
5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat.
6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining.
SectionIV Page 108 of 128
1
1
9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING
' 1. Dampen surface.
2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application.
' 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches)
has been achieved.
' 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole.
5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish.
' 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating.
NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing
' times.
49.12.3.7 EPOXY COATING
' Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a
thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6)
hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours.
' 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP
The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area.
' 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
' Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
' manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
' seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
' Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12.3.10 WARRANTY
' All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years,
provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used.
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
This article not used. See Section III, ARTICLE 18 - PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS.
' 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM
51.1 SCOPE
1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over
recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the
SectionIV Page 109 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex
System.
2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a
satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface.
3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution..
4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System
• 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer
• 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave
+ 2 Coats of Plexiflor
• Plexicolor Line Paint
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS
51.2.1 ASPHALT
Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths,
cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California
Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to
indentation).
51.2.2 CONCRETE
Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL
FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the
concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer
according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and
other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification
Section 10.14.
51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX
Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder
1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement.
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT
1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level
surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to
California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix:
Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons
Water (Clean and Potable) 20-40 gallons
Sand (60-80 mesh) 600-900 pounds
Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons
2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending
on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with
California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix
SectionIV Page 110 of 128 9/9/2008
1
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still
' tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate
of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
' 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE
After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted
' rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix:
Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons
Plexichrome 20 gallons
' Water 20 gallons
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION
' 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be
diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and
' provide uniform application.
2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.05 gallons per square yard per coat.
' 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with
sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light
pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee.
' Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action.
4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to
application of subsequent coats.
' 51.6 PLAYING LINES
' Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately
located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line
Hockey Association.
1 51.7 GENERAL
1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion
of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner.
Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local,
State and Federal regulations.
2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed,
property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled
with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner
will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site.
Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified.
51.8 LIMITATIONS
1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than 1 40T.
2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent.
3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water.
SectionIV Page 111 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings.
S. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun.
6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use.
7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring.
8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates.
9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78
10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 707 with 60% relative
humidity.
11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery.
In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NINA recommended protective gear.
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
This article not applicable. See Section III (General Conditions), Article 22.
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES
53.1 MATERIAL
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL
53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES
Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a
double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of
a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge
12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal
Specifications QQ-W 461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5,
Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating
shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or
Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or
exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239.
The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC
coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3
1/4 inches by 4 % inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC
coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire
core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall
diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire
shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in
diameter (approx. US gauge 13 %Z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized
wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be
permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge
joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed
condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a
minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite
SectionIV Page 112 of 128 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener
' shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal.
All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with
' ASTM A-641.
53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING
' The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not
less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist
deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show
' any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to
attack from acids and resistant to abrasion.
' 1. Specific Gravity:
a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34.
' 2. Tensile Strength:
a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi.
' 3. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain.
4. Resistance to Abrasion:
' a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B).
5. Brittleness Temperature:
' a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade
below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but
' not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade.
6. Hardness:
' a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested.
7. Creeping Corrosion:
' a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall
not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a
50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be).
' 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS
Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is
' submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests:
1. Salt Spray Test:
' a. According to ASTM B-117
b. Period of test = 3000 hours.
' 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays:
a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test =
' 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade.
SectionIV Page 113 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
3. Exposure to high temperature:
a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with
ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287.
53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS
After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit
the following properties:
1. Appearance:
a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable
change in color.
2. Specific Gravity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value.
3. Durometer Hardness:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
4. Tensile Strength:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
5. Elongation:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
6. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
7. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
8. Brittleness Temperature:
a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade.
b. Cold Flex Temperature -Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade.
53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL:
The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is
started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or
supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific
gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure.
The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote
deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be
retained in the gabion or mattress baskets.
The stone shall meet the following physical requirements:
• Absorption, maximum 5%
• Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45%
• Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12%
SectionIV Page 114 of 128 9/9/2008
1
1
1
1
1
1
' Section IV -Technical Specifications
• Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest
' dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight.
All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical
' diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by
weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening.
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE
Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows:
1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866
inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A
641, Table 3.
' 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of
the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and
lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge.
3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close
helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel
' having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is
completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such
an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers.
' 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard
' Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985.
53.2 PERFORMANCE
' Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such
' a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into
rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses
shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a
' single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a
manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the
mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width,
' they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall
be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no
additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not
' ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections
forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut.
' Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The
binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single
and double loops are alternated.
' A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and
binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical
reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled
' line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back.
5ectionIV Page 115 of 128 9/9/2008
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended.
Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions
shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to
opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full
and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one
two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top.
Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses.
Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the
cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or
cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against
movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be
replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work
shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the
manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less.
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
54.1 SCOPE
To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of
plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems;
ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces
at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance
activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone.
The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street
medians including:
• Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic;
• Trash and debris removal from the job site;
• Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces;
• Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms;
• Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted).
• Irrigation service and repair;
• Mulch replacement;
• Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the
• Reporting of irregularities at the job site.
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract
between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed
holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract
maintenance at other hours.
All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc.,
be completed before leaving the job site.
SectionlV Page 116 of 128 9/9/2008
1
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
54.3 WORK METHODS
' 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING
' The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service).
Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in
writing by an authorized representative of the other party.
' 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT
The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated
' location:
54.4 LITTER
' Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and
debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes,
tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor
should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the
extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered.
1 54.5 VISUAL CHECK
' The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or
damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours
after providing the service.
' 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING
All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature
' size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants
in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while
maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants
' shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope.
Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following
' flower formation, according to the following specifications:
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY
' DATE, ETC.)
Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to
' remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded
heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation;
such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the
' trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed
on palms.
' 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL
All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the fob site and disposed of by the
contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion.
SectionIV Page 117 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL
Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the
contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications.
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park
users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high
pedestrian use areas.
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION
All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur
coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in
mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and
amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials.
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA
Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable.
Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied
by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor
at his/her expense.
54.13 MULCH CONDITION
Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil
moisture, usually 3 inches.
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR
Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing
should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and
operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled
system running time. All repairs which will be charged. at $20.00 or more must be approved in
advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to
the monthly maintenance fee.
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL
Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a
less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be
replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on
City properties.
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION
Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across
the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February.
SectionIV Page 118 of 128 9/9/2008
1
1
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION
' The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost
sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet
' to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the
sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's
directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City
' will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to
protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it
to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or
' remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about
removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may
cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day
' (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site
work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for
the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate
per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations
with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform
remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City.
' 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE
' This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7
working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no
further than ten calendar days apart.
' 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK
Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to
' monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a
phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between
6:30 a.m. - 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. --- 3:00 p.m.
' 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
' Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the
following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City
shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be
' given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been
completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed.
1
1
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month
period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate
irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the
landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm
heads/fronds as he feels appropriate.
2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates.
sectionlV
Page 119 of 128
9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with
trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature
caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing
of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option,
invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next
regular payment to the Contractor.
5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked
vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular
schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall
schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining
circumstances are relieved.
55 MILLING OPERATIONS
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE
Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be
performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
milling.
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible
to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal
environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment.
2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless
otherwise noted in the contract documents.
3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of
the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom
Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its
own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep
debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving
the job site.
4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled
to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface.
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line
and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this
removal shall be included in the bid item for milling.
6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the
road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for
Section[V Page 120 of 128 9/9/2008
1
1
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for
' asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed
' that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a
failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and
' at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City
approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for
milling.
' 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after
the milling operation is complete.
' 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the
City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to
schedule delivery of material.
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
' All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory
requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City.
' 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their
' owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners
the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility
adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing
' operations.
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
' The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's
' Technical Specifications.
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING
' There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the
' pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height
and pavement cross section.
B. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of
' pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry
shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer.
1
SectionIV Page 121 of 128 9/9/2008
1
i
ifi
ti
l S
S
i
IV
T
h '
pec
ca
ons
ect
on
-
ec
n
ca
55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS
'
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to
restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend
approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing Swale. '
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. '
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT '
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of
radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's '
discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals
necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures,
appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles,
posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through
the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. '
Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the
Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in 1
accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements.
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT '
The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and
grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. '
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and '
structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape
trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. '
57 RIPRAP
The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble '
riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (lastest edition).
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ,
The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- '
cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble.
SectionIV Page 122 of 128 9/9/2008
' Section IV - Technical Specifications
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
' The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling,
equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and
shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill,
' dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap.
' 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY
This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants
' (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs.
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL
' The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water
reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and
' ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include:
• An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns
to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided
' with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response
Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the
contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of
' these documents.
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING
' Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding
employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must
' include:
• Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training
' in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around
gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas.
• The date of the training, and
' • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training.
' 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents
and plans.
This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment,
' materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit,
signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power
service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors,
SectionIV Page 123 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of
existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs.
All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's
Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer
registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report,
shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All
mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the
manufacturer.
All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both
the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown
features.
Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the
City's Traffic Engineering Division.
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to
complete the work per the plans.
60 SIGNING AND MARKING
All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes the following work: RPM'S (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and
markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular
delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972).
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or
markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No
payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or
markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the
work per the plans.
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work
per the plans.
SectionIV Page 124 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
62 TREE PROTECTION
' 62.1 TREE BARRICADES
' A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land
preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all
staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
' 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer
' species.
3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species
' 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts.
Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in
' the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart.
Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and
shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative
' must approve any variation from the above requirements.
C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
' terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during
construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall
remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor
utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative.
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or
debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier
no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No
equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such
' protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
' F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this
section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
' 62.2 ROOT PRUNING
A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical
' root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society
of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce
the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to
' any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean
pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be
pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand
digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment
designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is
strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by
1
SectionIV Page 125 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications
construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade
or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz,
Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root
Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector
assigned to the project.
B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International
Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted)
inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning.
D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is
feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated
tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any
root pruning activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter
from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said
root pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be
done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less
than 18".
H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent.
Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to
any work adjacent to trees to be preserved.
I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any
excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected.
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree
roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled
around to prevent damage to the root.
K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil ar
burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may
require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root
pruned trees.
M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root
pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional
boring as opposed to open trenching.
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING
A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or
under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and
other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300.
SectionIV Page 126 of 128 9/9/2008
1
Section IV - Technical Specifications
B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts
(pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree)
are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be
recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require
replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances.
C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed.
D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been
improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing
condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage
trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been
damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy
growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the
current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project
information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project
Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer
shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the
Project Web Pages.
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section
508 guidelines whenever possible:
htip://www.w3.orgJTR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/
http://www.section508.gov/
In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for
images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics.
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE
The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic
material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles,
apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion
shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to
fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside
vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public
Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public
Communications. This is for internal use only.
SectionIV Page 127 of 128 9/9/2008
Section IV - Technical Specifications '
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS
Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics '
should be posted to the Project Web Pages.
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS
The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back
to the City regarding the Project.
63.6 POSTING
The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web
Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved,
should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity ,
issues.
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES I
Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages
up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's I
Webmaster for posting.
1
1
1
1
1
SectionIV Page 128 of 128 9/9/2008
1
SECTION IV A - SUPPLEMENTAL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01000 REVISIONS TO SECTION IV
SPECIFICATIONS
02000 SITEWORK
02300 EARTHWORK
02518 CONCRETE PAVE UNIT
02751 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02800 LANDSCAPING
02810 IRRIGATION
02870 SITE FURNISHINGS
02920 SODDING
03000 MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT
' 01000 _ REVISIONS TO SECTION IV SPECIFICATIONS:
1.01 Section 19 - Storm Sewers:
A) Replace "All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be
reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said
pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current FDOT Specifications.
' All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or
equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be
included in the unit price for the pipe."
With:
All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall comply with Section
430 of the current FDOT Specifications. All storm drain pipe shall be steel reinforced
' concrete pipe unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Testing and
inspection shall comply with Section 430 of the current FDOTSpecirications.
' B) Delete Section 19.2 Testing
' 1.02 Section 22 - Roadway Base and Subgrade, Subsection 22.1 # 2- Limerock Base:
A) Replace sentence "...Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard" with Sections 210,
230, and 911 of FDOT's Standards.
' 1.03 Section 23 - Asphaltic Concrete Materials Subsection 23.3 Asphalt Mix Designs and
Types
A) Replace "NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (RAP) MATERIAL SHALL
BE ALLOWED IN THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES" with
With prior approval b the City Engineer, u to 25% Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Map)
' Material shall be allowed in the asphaltic concrete mixes.
1.04 Section 33 - Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins or Other Storm Structures:
' A) Add to sentence "... Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235" and to FDOT Indexes as
called on plans and referenced to the current FDOT Desigg Standards.
1 B) Add to sentence "... Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9" and to FDOT Section 425.
1
REVISIONS TO SECTION IV SPECIFICATIONS 01000 - 1
1
1
1
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
SECTION 02000 - SITE WORK
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. These general site work requirements apply to all site work operations.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding materials, methods
of work, and disposal of excess and waste materials.
B. Obtain and pay for all required inspections, permits, and fees. Provide notices required by
governmental authorities.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Visit the site and examine the existing conditions. Note the character and extent of work
involved.
B. Locate and identify existing underground and overhead services and utilities within contract
limit work areas. Provide adequate means of protection of utilities and services designed to
remain. Repair utilities damaged during site work operations at Contractor's expense.
C. Arrange for disconnection, disconnect and seal or cap all utilities and services designated to
be removed before start of site work operations. Perform all work in accordance with the
requirements of the applicable utility company or agency involved.
D. When uncharted or incorrectly charted underground piping or other utilities and services are
encountered during site work operations, notify the applicable utility company immediately to
obtain procedure directions. Cooperate with the applicable utility company in maintaining
active services in operation.
E. Locate, protect, and maintain bench marks, monuments, control points and project
engineering reference points. Re-establish disturbed or destroyed items at Contractor's
expense.
F. Perform site work operations and the removal of debris and waste materials to assure
minimum interference with streets, walks, and other adjacent facilities.
G. Prior to commencement of other work, the contractor shall install silt fencing and other
erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with the plans. These measures shall be
monitored and repaired on a weekly basis, and/or following rain events greater than 0.5-
inches.
H. Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work. Dampen surfaces as required.
Comply with pollution control regulations of governing authorities. Burning of debris is not
permitted.
I. Protect existing buildings, paving and other services or facilities on site and adjacent to the
site from damage caused by site work operations. In the event of damage, immediately make
all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the engineer. Cost of repair and
restoration of damaged items at Contractor's expense.
SITE WORK Section 02000-1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
J. Protect and maintain street lights, utility poles and services, traffic signal control boxes, curb
boxes, valves and other services, except items designated for removal. Remove or coordinate
the removal of traffic signs, parking meters and postal mail boxes with the applicable
governmental agency. Provide for temporary relocation when required to maintain facilities
and services in operation during construction work.
K. Barricade and cover areas as necessary to protect pedestrians, workmen and adjacent
properties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment: As selected by Contractor, except as indicated.
B. Fill dirt if brought in from off-site to replace any excavated material, shall be approved by the
Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which site work is perfonned. Do not proceed with
the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. Consult the records and drawings of adjacent work and of existing services and utilities which
may effect site work operations.
END OF SECTION 02000
SITE WORK Section 02000-2
11
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includcs the following:
1. Excavating and backfilling for structures.
2. Excavating and backfilling landscape medians.
3. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary controls, utilities,
and support facilities.
2. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for temporary erosion and sedimentation control
measures, site stripping, grubbing and removal of above and below-grade improvements
and utilities.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to
support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Planting Soil Backfill: Soil placed within landscape median following excavation of existing
materials.
C. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe.
' D. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and
dimensions indicated.
' 1. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions without direction by Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as
remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be without additional compensation.
' E. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground
services within buildings.
1
EARTHWORK 02300 - 1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE 11 1
1.4 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for
compliance of the following with requirements indicated: I
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE I
A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according
to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740
and ASTM E 548.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS '
A. General: Provide backfill materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available
from excavations. Backfill does NOT include Planting Soil Backfill as described above. '
B. Satisfactory Soils: Classification Groups A-1, A-2-4, A-2-5, and A-3, or a combination of these
groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen
materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7, or a
combination of these groups. '
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction. '
D. Planting Soil Backfill: 50% sand and 50% organic material consisting of native, well-
decomposed topsoil from the Clearwater, Florida area. It must provide a good, pliable and
thoroughly mixed medium with adequate aeration, drainage and water-holding capacity. It shall '
be free of all extraneous debris such as rocks, stones, weeds, etc. and must contain a ph range of
5.5 to 6.5.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by '
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork
operations. t
3.2 DEWATERING
" '
A. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid
in the
dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
EARTHWORK 02300 - 2
1
1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
' Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation
and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and
reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the
pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
' conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case
' of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
3.3 EXCAVATION
A. The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
' which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
' Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
' For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
' OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surfacc cncurnbrances and in particular the requirement of
' a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
' City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
'
'
s excavation is unsafe
s staff, the entry into the Contractor
excavation if, in the opinion of the City
or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either
provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of
' the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain
' sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor
1
EARTHWORK 02300 - 3
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
3.4
3.5
is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety
requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to
complete the project.
Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in
them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body
of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at
joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and
compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
A. All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, limerock, etc., shall be excavated and removed
from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said
material off-site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans,
or determined in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester.
BACKFILL
A. Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other
sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic
matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest
dimension and all fill shall be similar material.
3.6
Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%
compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure.
PLACEMENT & COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in accordance with Section 120 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
EARTHWORK
1
1
02300 - 4
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Landscape Architect;
reshape and recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work,
and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.8 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK 02300 - 5
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE -- PHASE II
SECTION 02518 - INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide interlocking concrete unit paving as shown and specified. The work includes:
1. Interlocking concrete unit paving over a concrete base.
2. Base and bedding.
B. Related work:
1. Section 02200: Earthwork.
2. Section 02751: Cement Concrete Pavement.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM).
2. American Association of State and Highway Transportation Officials, (AASHTO).
B. Installation: Performed only by skilled workmen with satisfactory record of performance on
completed projects of comparable size and quality.
C. Do not change source of interlocking concrete unit pavers during the course of the work.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for interlocking concrete
paver units.
B. Submit a minimum of 5 full size samples of each color paver unit required. Include the full
range of style, size, exposed fmish, color, and texture proposed for the work.
C. Submit manufacturer's certification that paver units comply with specified material and
physical requirements.
D. Submit material certificates for bedding materials.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect paving units from damage, chipping, and soiling during delivery and storage. Store off
the ground on pallets or wood platforms.
B. Store loose granular materials in a well drained area on a solid surface to prevent mixing with
foreign materials.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Review installation procedures and coordinate paving work with other work affected by the
interlocking concrete unit paving work.
B. Protect partially completed paving against weather damage when work is not in progress.
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING Section 02518-1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
C. Provide temporary barricades and warning lights as required for protection of project work
and public safety.
D. Protect adjacent work from damage, soiling, or staining during paving operations.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Paver unit materials and fabrication shall meet or exceed the requirements of USPSI
Designation CPS7180 Standard Specifications for Interlocking Concrete Paving Stone and
Grass Pavers. Pavers shall be as supplied by Tremron, Inc., or equal. Provide colors and sizes
as indicated on the plans and in these specifications.
1. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type 1.
2. Aggregate: ASTM C33.
3. Compressive strength: Average compressive strength shall be 8,000 psi at time of
delivery. No individual paver shall be less than 7,500 p.s.i. at time of delivery.
4. Absorption: Maximum 5%.
5. Freeze-thaw test: ASTM C67, no breakage and maximum 1% loss in dry weight
after 50 cycles.
6. Abrasion resistance: ASTM C418, maximum volume loss 15 cu. cm. per 50 cu. cm.
Average thickness loss 3 mm.
7. Dimension tolerances: Length maximum 1/6" (1.5 mm), height maximum 1/8"
(3mm) from standard dimension.
8. Provide only sound units free of defects that would interfere with proper placing of
units or impair strength or permanence of construction. Minor cracks and minor
chipping incidental to methods of manufacture, handling in shipment, and delivery
will be acceptable subject to Landscape Architect's review and acceptance. Excessive
cracks and chipping, as determined by the Landscape Architect, will be rejected as
not complying with specification requirements.
9. Provide test reports certifying materials and physical requirements compliance. Tests
shall have been conducted not more than 1.2 months prior to manufacture.
B. Base material: Provide concrete base on compacted subgrade at vehicular and sidewalk
locations.
C. Bedding and leveling material: ASTM C33 or AASHTO M43, #10 graded clean coarse
concrete sand.
D. Joint fill: Clean concrete sand or mason sand.
E. Sealer: Surebond Inc., (or equal concrete and paver sealer & joint sand stabilizer).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
11
A. Examine substrates and installation conditions. Do not start interlocking concrete unit paving I
work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Do not use paving units with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations, or other visible defects.
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING Section 02518-2
1
1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
' B. Cut paving units with motor-driven saw equipment designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp
unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work
neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever possible. Avoid the use of small pieces of
pavers or large joint spaces.
' C. Set interlocking concrete unit pavers in patterns indicated with level surface and uniform
joints of widths indicated.
D. Install edging at indicated areas to provide suitable restraint for paving edges not contained by
' adjacent paving materials.
3.3 INSTALLATION: BASE MATERIALS
A. Concrete base course:
1. Obtain Landscape Architect's inspection and acceptance of subgrade surface before
placing of concrete base.
2. Compact subgrade materials with suitable compacting equipment to 95% modified
' proctor T-180.
3. Construct concrete sidewalk slabs to 2800 p.s.i. Construct concrete base at roadways
to 3500 p.s.i. Allow to fully cure prior to placement of bedding and leveling
materials.
B. Bedding and leveling course:
' 1. Obtain Landscape Architect's inspection and acceptance of finished concrete base
course before placing bedding and leveling course materials.
2. Spread bedding and leveling course materials evenly over the entire area to be paved,
' screed to a minimum level that will provide a minimum 1. " thickness when the paving
stones have been placed and vibrated.
' 3. Protect screeded and leveled bedding and leveling course from damage until covered
with paver units
Do not precompact bedding and leveling course
.
.
' 3.4 INSTALLATION: INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVERS
A. Lay paver units in pattern indicated on the drawings. Paver layout indicated on plans has been
designed to minimize cutting of individual paver units. Paver units must be installed in such a
' manner as to assure minimized paver cuts. Maintain desired pattern and provide uniform
1/16" j oints between units.
B. Fill gaps at the edge of the paved surface with standard edge pieces or with paver units cut to
' fit. Provide cut units with straight even cut surfaces, free from cracks or chips.
C. Vibrate paver units to their final level with 3 or more passes of a vibrating plate compactor.
D. After first vibration, brush sand over the surface and vibrate into the joints with additional
' passes of the plate vibrator. Completely fill joints.
E. After final vibrating the surface shall be true to grade and shall not vary by more than 1/4"
when tested with a 10'-0" straightedge at any location on the surface.
' 3
5 PRO TECTION
.
A. Protect interlocking concrete unit paving from damage until final acceptance.
3.6 CLEANING
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING Section 02518-3
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
A. Remove and replace interlocking concrete paving units which are broken, chipped, stained or
otherwise damaged.
B. Perform cleaning during installation of work and upon completion of the work. Remove from
site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from interlocking
concrete unit paving operations.
END OF SECTION 02518
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING Section 02518-4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
SECTION 02751- CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following:
1. Driveways.
2. Curbs and gutters.
3. Walkways.
4. Unit paver base.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 02200 - Earthwork for subgrade preparation, grading, and subbase course.
2. Section 02518 - Interlocking Concrete Unit Paving
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit concrete mix designs. Obtain approval before placing concrete.
B. Product data:
1. Submit complete materials list of items proposed for the work. Identify materials
source.
2. Submit admixture, curing compound, retarder, and accessory item product data.
3. Submit material certificates for aggregates, reinforcing, and joint fillers.
C. Submit concrete delivery tickets. Show the following:
1. Batch number.
2. Mix by class or sack content with maximum size aggregate.
3. Air content.
4. Slump test results.
5. Time of loading.
D. Submit concrete cylinder strength test reports.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Work notification: Notify Engineer at least 24 hours prior to installation of concrete.
B. Establish and maintain required lines and grade elevations.
C. Do not install concrete work over wet, saturated or muddy subgrade.
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Section 02751 - I
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
D. Do not install concrete when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Use of calcium chlo-
ride, salt, or any other admixture to prevent concrete from freezing is prohibited.
E. Protect adjacent work.
F. Provide temporary barricades and warning lights as required for protection of project
work and public safety.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete at Sidewalks: Concrete shall be Class I that conforms to the requirements of
FDOT Standards for Road and Bridge Construction, 2000, Section 346. Unless other-
wise noted, all concrete shall have welded wire mesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 2800 psi.
B. Preformed Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, pre-molded, non-extruding asphalt impregnated
fiberboard, thickness indicated.
C. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, non-yellowing, non-staining liquid membrane forming
type containing a fugitive dye. Chlorinated rubber compounds are not acceptable.
D. Forms: Wood or metal of sufficient strength to resist concrete placement pressure and to
maintain horizontal and vertical alignment during concrete placement. Provide forms
straight, free of defects and distortion, and height equal to full depth of concrete work.
1. Provide 2" nominal thickness, surfaced plank wood forms for straight sections. Use
flexible metal, 1" lumber or plywood forms to form radius bends.
E. Reinforcing: Reinforcing for concrete walks and ramps shall be 6x6 #10/10 welded wire
mesh. Reinforcing for concrete base in vehicular areas shall be steel reinforcing rods as
shown on the plans.
F. Form release agent: Non-staining chemical form release agent free of oils, waxes, and
other materials harmful to concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine subgrade and installation conditions. Do not start concrete work until unsatis I
factory conditions are corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Proof roll the subgrade and do all necessary rolling and compacting to obtain firm, even
subgrade surface. Fill and consolidate depressed areas. Remove uncompactable materials,
replace with clean fill and compact to 95% Modified Proctor T-180 at all subgrade be-
neath concrete sidewalks; compact to 98% Modified proctor T-180 beneath all road sur-
faces and beneath pavers in medians.
B. Remove loose material and debris from base surface before placing concrete.
C. Install, align, and level forms. Stake and brace forms in place. Maintain following grade
and alignment tolerances:
1. Top of form: Maximum 1/8" in 10'-0".
2. Vertical face: Maximum 1/8" in 10'-0".
F1
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 02751 - 2
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
' D. Coat form surfaces in contact with concrete with form release agent. Clean forms after
each use and coat with form release agent as necessary to assure separation from concrete
' without damage.
E. Install, set, and build-in work furnished under other specification sections. Provide ade-
quate notification for installation of necessary items.
' 3.3 INSTALLATION
' A. Concrete placement:
1. Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Trans-
2. porting, and Placing Concrete", and as specified.
Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather ex-
tremes during mixing, placing, and curing. In cold weather comply with ACI
306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting". In hot weather
' comply with ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
3. Moisten base to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is
placed.
' 4. Place and spread concrete to the full depth of the forms. Use only square-end
shovels or concrete rakes for hand-spreading and consolidating operations to pre-
vent segregation of aggregate and dislocation of reinforcement.
5. Place concrete in a continuous operation between expansion joints. Provide con-
struction joints when sections cannot be placed continuously.
6. Place concrete in one course, monolithic construction, for the full width and
depth of concrete work.
7. Strike-off and bull-float concrete after consolidating. Level ridges and fill voids.
Check surface with a 10'-0" straightedge. Fill depressions and refloat repaired
' areas. Darby the concrete surface to provide a smooth level surface ready for fi-
nishing
.
B. Joints:
'
1. Construct control, expansion, and construction joints properly aligned with face
perpendicular to concrete surface.
' 2. Provide tooled control joints at sidewalks, sectioning concrete into segments as
shown on the construction detail. Joints to a minimum depth of 1 ".
3. Provide expansion joints using pre-molded joint filler at concrete work abutting
' curbs, walls, structures, walks, and other fixed objects.
a. Locate expansion joints as indicated. When not indicated, provide joints
at maximum 20'-0" on center for walks and concrete slabs below. Align
' expansion joints in abutting curbs and walks.
' C. Concrete finishing:
1. Perform concrete finishing using mechanical or hand methods as required.
2. Upon completion of floating, and after bleed water has disappeared and concrete
can sustain foot pressure with nominal indentation, cut concrete away from
forms. Work edges with an edging tool.
3. Install control joints at indicated locations during edging operations.
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 02751 - 3
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II '
4. Complete surface finish as follows: '
a. Provide sidewalk surfaces with light broom finish. Before the surface
sets, a soft broom shall be passed over the surface to produce a surface '
uniform in texture and appearance. Broom direction shall be exactly
perpendicular to the direction of sidewalk.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide field quality control testing and inspection during concrete operations. '
B. Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement, cooperate with, provide access to the work, obtain samples, and as- ,
sist test agent and their representatives in execution of their function.
C. Testing:
1. Provide slump test on first load of concrete delivered each day and whenever re- '
quested by the Architect due to changes in consistency or appearance of concrete.
2. Provide air indicator tests and air meter tests for all air-entrained concrete.
a. Perform air indicator test with a "Chase" AE 35 or equal air indicator, 1
and air meter test in accordance with ASTM C231 or C173. Test first
load of concrete delivered each day. '
b. Furnish copies of field records and tests reports as listed for strength
tests.
3. Strength testing: t
a. Provide 1 set of 3 test specimens for each 50 cu. yd. placed in any one
day. Secure samples in accordance with ASTM C172 and mold speci-
mens in accordance with ASTM C31.
b. Test 1 specimen at 7 days and 2 specimens at 28 days in accordance with
ASTM C39.
'
C. Furnish copies of field records and test reports as follows:
2 copies to Landscape Architect '
1 copy to Contractor
1 copy to Ready Mix Supplier
1 copy to Owner ,
4. Record the exact location of the concrete in the work represented by each set of
cylinders and show on test reports.
5. Provide an insulated moist box for protection of the test cylinders until shipped to '
the laboratory.
3.5 PROTECTION '
A. Protect concrete work from damage due to construction, vandalism and vehicular traffic
until final acceptance. Exclude construction and vehicular traffic from concrete pavement
for at least 14 days.
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 02751 - 4
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
3.6 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Re-
move from site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from
concrete operations.
S. Sweep concrete sidewalks and pavement, wash free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and oth-
er foreign material immediately prior to final acceptance.
END OF SECTION 02751
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 02751 - 5
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide trees, plants, and ground covers as shown and specified. The work includes:
1. Soil preparation.
2. Trees, plants, and ground covers.
3. Planting mixes.
4. Mulch and planting accessories.
5. Existing tree care.
6. Maintenance.
B. Related Work:
1. Section 02810: Irrigation System
2. Section 02920: Sodding.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Plant names indicated comply with "Standardized Plant Names" as adopted by the latest
edition of the American Joint Committee of Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties
not listed conform generally with names accepted by the nursery trade. Provide stock true to
botanical name and legibly tagged.
B. Plant material shall be graded Florida No. 1 or better as outlined under Grades and Standards
for Nursery Plants, State Plant Board of Florida.
C. All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of
the project for a minimum of 2 years.
D. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable, at no
additional cost, and providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated.
E. Plants may be inspected and approved at the place of growth, for compliance with
specification requirements for quality, size, and variety.
F. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection upon delivery at the site or
during the progress of the work.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following material samples:
1. Mulch.
2. Planting accessories.
B. Submit certifications for the following materials:
1. PH value of on site soil taken at six locations spaced evenly around project site.
2. Peat moss.
3. Plant fertilizer.
LANDSCAPING Section 02800-1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE -- PHASE II r
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver fertilizer materials in original, unopened, and undamaged containers showing weight,
analysis, and name of manufacturer. Store in manner to prevent wetting and deterioration. '
B. Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing plants for moving.
Workmanship that fails to meet the highest standards will be rejected. Dig, pack, transport,
and handle plant with care to ensure protection against injury. Inspection certificates required '
by law shall accompany each shipment invoice or order to stock and on arrival, the certificate
shall be filed with the Landscape Architect. Protect all plants from drying out. If plants
cannot be planted immediately upon delivery, properly protect them with soil, wet peat moss,
or in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Water heeled-in plant daily. No plant shall be ,
bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches.
C. Cover plants transported on open vehicle with a protective covering to prevent wind burn.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Work notification: Notify Engineer at least 7 working days prior to installation of plant i
material.
B. Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from damage caused by landscaping '
operations.
C. A complete list of plants, including a schedule of sizes, quantities, and other requirements is
shown on the drawings. In the event that quantity discrepancies or material omissions occur
in the plant materials list, the planting plans shall govern.
D. The irrigation system will be installed prior to planting. Locate, protect, and maintain the
irrigation system during the planting operations. Repair irrigation system components,
damaged during planting operations, at Contractor's expense.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Warranty plant material to remain alive and be in healthy and vigorous condition for a period
of one year after completion and acceptance of entire project.
1. Inspection of plants will be made by the Engineer at completion of planting. '
B. Replace, in accordance with the drawings and specifications, all plants that are dead or, as ,
determined by the Engineer, are in an unhealthy or unsightly condition, and have lost their
natural shape due to dead branches, or other caused due to the Contractor's negligence. The
cost of such replacement(s) is at Contractor's expense. Warrant all replacement plant for one '
year after installation.
C. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or ground covers caused by fires,
floods, freezing rains, lightning storms, or winds over 50 miles per hour, winter kill caused by '
extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of planting area, acts of vandalism or
negligence on the part of the Owner.
D. Remove and immediately replace all plants, as determined by the Engineer, to be
unsatisfactory during the initial plant installation. '
PART2-PRODUCTS 1
2.1 MATERIALS
LANDSCAPING Section 02800-2
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
A. Plants: Provide plants typical of their species or variety; with normal , densely-developed
branches and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Provide only sound, healthy, vigorous plants
free from defects, disfiguring knots, sun scald injuries, frost cracks, abrasions of the bark,
plant diseases, insect eggs, borers, and all forms of infestation. All plants shall have a fully
developed form without voids and open spaces.
1. Container-grown stock: Grown in a container for sufficient length of time for the root
system to have developed to hold its soil together, firm and whole.
a. No plants shall be loose in the container.
b. Container stock shall not be pot bound.
2. Provide tree species that mature at heights over 25'-0" with a single main trunk. Trees
that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape are not acceptable.
3. Plants planted in rows shall be matched in form.
4. Plants larger than those specified in the plant list may be used when acceptable to the
Engineer.
a. If the use of larger plants is acceptable, increase the spread of roots or root ball in
proportion to the size of the plant.
5. The height of the trees, measured from the crown of the roots to the top of the top
branch, shall not be less than the minimum size designated in the plant list.
6. No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than 1 " and such wounds
must show vigorous bark on all edges.
7. Shrubs and small plants shall meet the requirements for spread and height indicated in
the plant list.
a. The measurements for height shall be taken from the ground level to the average
height of the top of the plant and not the longest branch.
b. Single stemmed or thin plants will not be accepted.
c. Side branches shall be generous, well-twigged, and the plant as a whole well-
bushed to the ground.
d. Plants shall be in a moist, vigorous condition, free from dead wood, bruised, or
other root or branch injuries.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Planting Soil Backfill: Backfill all plants with 50% sand and 50% organic material consisting
of native peat, well decomposed sawdust and top soil, free of all extraneous debris such as
stones, roots, etc.
B. Peat Moss: Brown to black in color, weed and seed free granulated raw peat or baled peat,
containing not more than 9% mineral on a dry basis.
C. Fertilizer:
1. Agriform 20-10-5 tablets (or equal) at rates as per the manufacturer's
recommendations.
D. Mulch: Premium grade pine bark mini-nuggets, 1 "-2" overall. Furnish in 3 cu. ft. bags or
LANDSCAPING Section 02800-3
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
bulk.
E. Water: Free of substances harmful to plant growth. Hoses or other methods of transportation
furnished by Contractor.
F. Stakes for Staking Trees: Hardwood, 2"x 4".
G. Braces for Palms: 2"x4".
H. Stakes for Guying: Hardwood, 2"x 2".
1. Guying/Staking Wire: No. 10 or 12 gauge galvanized wire.
1. Turnbuckles: Galvanized steel of size and gauge required to provide tensile strength equal to
that of the wire. Turnbuckle openings shall be at least 3".
J. Staking and Guying Hoses: Two-ply, reinforced garden hose not less than ''/z" inside diameter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine proposed planting areas and conditions of installation. Do not start planting work
until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Planting shall be performed only by experienced workmen familiar with planting procedures
under the supervision of a qualified supervisor.
B. Locate plants as indicated or as approved in the field after staking by the Contractor. If
obstructions are encountered that are not shown on the drawings, do not proceed with planting
operations until alternate plant locations have been selected.
C. Excavate circular plant pits with vertical sides. Depth of pit shall accommodate the root
system, except as noted on the drawings. Scarify the bottom of the pet to a depth of 4".
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Set plant material in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set plants upright,
plumb, and faced to give the hest appearance or relationship to each other or adjacent
structure. Set plant material 2" above the finish grade. No filling will be permitted around
trunks or stems. Backfill the pit with planting mixture. Do not use frozen or muddy mixtures
for backfilling.
B. After balled and burlapped plants are set, muddle planting soil mixture around bases of balls
and fill all voids.
C. Space ground cover plants in accordance with indicated dimensions. Adjust spacing as
necessary to evenly fill planting bed with indicated quantity of plant. Plant to within 12" of
the trunks of trees and shrubs within planting bed and to within 6" of edge of bed.
D. Mulching:
1. Mulch tree and shrub planting pits and shrub beds with required mulching material 3"
deep immediately after planting. Thoroughly water mulched areas. After watering,
rake mulch to provide a uniform finished surface.
2. Mulch ground cover beds with mulch 3" deep immediately after planting.
LANDSCAPING Section 02800-4
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
E. Staking/Guying:
1. Stake/guy all trees immediately after sodding operations and prior to acceptance. When
high winds or other conditions which may affect tree survival or appearance occur, the
Engineer may require immediate staking/guying.
2. Stake trees under 3" caliper.
3. Guy trees over 3" caliper
4. All work shall be acceptable to the Engineer.
3.4 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain plantings until completion and acceptance of the entire project.
B. Maintenance shall include pruning, cultivating, weeding, watering, mowing sod, and
application of appropriate insecticides and fungicides necessary to maintain plants free of
insects and disease.
1. Re-set settled plants to proper grade and position. Restore planting saucer and adjacent
material and remove dead material.
2. Tighten and repair guy wires and stakes as required.
3. Correct defective work as soon as possible after deficiencies become apparent and
weather and season permit.
3.5 ACCEPTANCE
A. Inspection to determine acceptance of planted areas will be made by the Engineer, upon
Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 10 working days before requested
inspection date.
1. Planted areas will be accepted provided all requirements, including maintenance, have
been compiled with and plant materials are alive in a healthy and vigorous condition.
B. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume responsibility for plant maintenance.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove
from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from
planting operations.
END OF SECTION 02800
LANDSCAPING Section 02800-5
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions
and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide an underground irrigation system as shown and specified. The work includes:
1. Automatic irrigation system including piping, fittings, sprinkler heads, and
accessories.
2. Valves and fittings.
3. Controller and control wires.
4. Testing.
5. Excavating and backElling irrigation system work.
6. Pipe sleeves.
B. Related work:
1. Section 02920: Sodding.
2. Section 02800: Landscaping.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer's qualifications: Irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a
qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has satisfactorily installed irrigation systems
on at least five (5) other projects of comparable complexity.
B. Materials, equipment, and methods of installation shall comply with the following codes and
standards:
1. All applicable local codes or regulations.
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM).
3. The Irrigation Association (IA.).
4. Florida Irrigation Society.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the
recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or
work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Rejected work shall be removed or
corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense.
D. Excavating, backfilling and compacting operations: Comply with Section 02200
requirements and as specified.
E. Obtain Engineer's acceptance of installed and tested irrigation system prior to installing
backfill materials.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
IRRIGATION SYSTEM Section 02810-1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
A.
B
C.
D
Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each of the system
components.
Submit shop drawings for the irrigation system. Include piping layout and details illustrating
location and types of sprinkler heads, valves, control systems and wiring, and list of fittings.
Show sprinkler head coverage.
Upon irrigation system acceptance, submit a written Operations and Maintenance Manual.
The Contractor shall prepare and deliver this Manual to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar
days prior to the completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover, three ring
binders containing the following information:
1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour
emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and
address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where
replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and all equipment installed under this
contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and
`hands on' instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the
Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered,
including two-hour instruction (min.) for automatic control.
Provide irrigation system record drawings:
Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction.
Indicate horizontal and vertical locations referenced to permanent surface
improvements.
Identify field changes of dimension and detail and changes made by Change Order.
1.5
1.6
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver irrigation system components in manufacturer's original undamaged and unopened
containers with labels intact and legible.
B. Deliver plastic piping in bundles, packaged to provide adequate protection of pipe ends, both
threaded or plain.
C. Store and handle materials to prevent damage and deterioration
D. Provide secure, locked storage for valves, sprinkler heads and similar components that cannot
be immediately replaced to prevent installation delay.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Known underground and surface utility lines, if any, are indicated on the drawings. However,
the Contractor is responsible for locating all existing utilities: Call Sunshine at (800) 432-
4770 a minimum of two days and a maximum of five days prior to starting excavation,
trenching, etc. The Contractor is also responsible for avoiding/ protecting new utility work
constructed during streetscape project. Reference submittals and as-built drawings.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements,
the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation
24" diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of the main line(s).
C. Promptly notify the Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions.
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Section 02810-2
J
11
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
D. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the work area and equipment until final
acceptance by the Engineer.
1. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing, as well as regular
maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor.
2. Promptly repair damage to adjacent facilities caused by irrigation system work
operations. The cost of these repairs shall be at Contractor's expense.
E. Irrigation system layout is diagrammatic. Exact locations or piping, sprinkler heads, valves
and other components shall be established by Contractor in the field at time of installation.
1. Space sprinkler components as indicated on plans.
2. Minor adjustments in system layout will be permitted to clear existing fixed
obstructions. However, larger changes in the irrigation system layout shall be
modified only with the approval of the Engineer. Final system layout shall be
accepted by the Engineer.
3. All piping under paving shall be sleeved.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Provide only new materials without flaws or defects and of the highest quality of
their specified class and kind.
2. Comply with pipe sizes and types indicated. No substitution of smaller pipes will be
permitted. Larger sizes may be subject to acceptance of the Engineer. Remove
damaged and defective pipe.
3. Provide pipe continuously and permanently marked with manufacturer's name or
trademark, size schedule and type of pipe, working pressure at 73 ° F.
B. Plastic pipe, fittings and connections:
1. Polyvinyl chloride pipe: ASTM D2241, rigid, unplasticized PVC, extruded from
virgin parent material. Provide pipe homogeneous throughout and free from visible
cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, wrinkles and dents,
a. Lateral lines: SDR 2; Class 160
b. Mainlines and sleeves; Schedule 40
2. PVC pipe fittings: ASTM D2241 schedule 40 PVC molded fittings suitable for
solvent weld, slip joint ring tite seal, or screwed connections. Fittings made of other
materials are not permitted.
3. All pipe under paved areas will be sleeved with Schedule 40 P.V.C. The Contractor
will provide a minimum of 2" Schedule 40 P.V.C. under all paved areas to produce
access for electrical control wire.
4. Sleeves to be white in color, pressurized water pipes to be purple in color.
C. Sprinkler heads, valves and associated equipment:
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Section 02810-3
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
1. Refer to drawing's materials lists.
a. Sprinklers: All Sprinkler heads shall be as indicated on the drawings. No
sprinkler heads shall be placed on risers.
D. Controls:
1. Refer to drawing's materials list.
a. Controller: Irrigation contractor shall furnish electric controller as indicated
on the drawing. Controller shall be installed in the area shown on the
drawing. Power from the electrical panel to the irrigation controller shall be
furnished by others. All wiring from the irrigation controller to the remote
control valvcs shall be famishcd and installcd by the irrigation contractor in
the same trench as the main line.
E. Electrical control wire:
1. Electrical control and ground wire: Type OF 600 volt AWG control cable #14 or
larger.
2. Wire color code: Provide control or "hot" wires red in color. Provide common or
"ground" wires white in color.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Paint: Rust inhibitive paint, color to be determined by Owner.
B. Valve access boxes: Tapered enclosure of rigid plastic material comprised of fibrous
components chemically inert and unaffected by moisture corrosion and temperature changes.
Provide lid of same material, valve box tops to be purple in color.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine final grades and installation conditions. Do not start irrigation system work until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Layout and stake the location of each pipe run and all sprinkler heads and sprinkler valves.
Obtain Engineer's acceptance of layout prior to excavating.
B. Schedule 40 sleeves to be used under paved vehicular use areas shall be placed prior to
compaction of paved areas. Coordinate all sleeve placement with general contractor.
C. Place sleeves as indicated for installation of piping and control wire.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Excavating and backfilling:
IRRIGATION SYSTEM Section 02810-4
fl
F,
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
1. Excavate trenches of sufficient depth and width to permit proper handling of
installation of pipe and fittings. Dig trenches straight. Trenching excavation shall
follow layout indicated on Drawings.
2. Excavate to depths required to provide 2" depth of earth fill or sand bedding for
piping when rock or other unsuitable bearing materials in encountered.
3. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and
between lines of all other trades. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another
line of any kind
4. Maintain. 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45
degrees to 90 degrees.
5. Fill to match adjacent grade elevations with approved earth fill material. Place and
compact fill in layers not greater than 8" depth.
a. Provide approved earth fill or sand to a point 4" above the top of the pipe.
b. Fill to within 6" of final grade with approved excavated fill materials free of
lumps or rocks larger than 3" in any dimension.
b. Provide clean topsail fill free of rocks and debris for top 6" of fill.
C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specifications Book,
latest edition. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical
tampers or hand tampers with a face area of no more than 100 square inches.
Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for
compacting soil. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95%
of maximum density.
6. Except as indicated, install irrigation mains with a minimum cover of 18" based on
finished grades. Install irrigation laterals with a minimum cover of 12" based on
finished grades.
7. Excavate trenches and install piping and fill during the same working day. Do not
leave open trenches or partially filled trenches open overnight.
B. Plastic pipe:
1. Install plastic pipe in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
Provide for thermal expansion and contraction.
2. Saw cut plastic pipe. Use a square-in-sawing vice to ensure a square cut. Remove
burrs and shavings at cut ends prior to installation.
3. Make plastic to plastic joints with solvent weld joints or slip seal joints. Use only
solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Allow welded j oints at least 15 min.
setup/ curing time before moving or handling. Install plastic pipe fittings in
accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions. Contractor shall make
arrangements with pipe manufacturer for all necessary field assistance.
4. Make plastic to metal joints with plastic male adapters.
5. Make solvent weld joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
6. Allow joints to set at last 24 hours before pressure is applied to the system.
1 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Section 02810-5
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
C
Sprinklers, fittings, valves and accessories: ,
1. Install fittings, valves, sprinkler heads, risers and accessories in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions, except as otherwise indicated. '
a. Provide concrete thrust blocks where required at fittings and valves.
2. Set sprinkler heads perpendicular to finished grades, except as otherwise indicated. '
3. Obtain Engineer's review and acceptance of height for proposed sprinkler heads and
valves prior to installation. ,
4. Locate sprinkler heads to assure proper coverage of indicated areas. Do not exceed
sprinkler bead spacing distances indicated.
5. Install risers for spray heads in shrub or flower bed areas and planters of sufficient t
height to prevent interruption of the stream by the plan material.
a. Provide risers of 1/2" PVC pipe, threaded each end. '
d. Paint exposed galvanized risers with 1 coat black paint.
C. Set risers in a row with top level and in-line.
6. Install pop-up gear driven sprinklers withl/2" ribbed flex PVC pipe. Fabricate
double swing risers of schedule 80 PVC nipples and schedule 40 PVC elbows. The
horizontal nipple connected directly into the side of the lateral line shall be a
minimum of 3" long. All other nipples of the swing joint riser shall be of length as
required for proper installation of the sprinkler head.
a. If the sprinkler heads have a side inlet, 2 street ells and a nipple may be used
instead of a double swing joint assembly.
7. Install controller as detailed.
8. Install in-ground control valves in a valve access box as indicated.
9. Install valve access boxes on a suitable base of gravel to provide a level foundation at
proper grade and to provide drainage of the access box.
10. Seal threaded connections on pressure side of control valves with teflon tape or
approved plastic joint type compound.
D. Control wiring.
1. Install electric control cable in the piping trenches wherever possible. Place wire in
trench adjacent to pipe. Install wire with slack to allow for thermal expansion and
contraction. Expansion joints in wire may be provided at 200-foot intervals by
making 5-6 turns of the wire around a piece of 1/2" pipe instead of slack. Where
necessary to run wire in a separate trench, provide a minimum cover of 12".
2. Provide sufficient slack at site connections at remote control valves in control boxes
and at all wire splices to allow raising the valve bonnet or splice to the surface
without disconnecting the wires when repair is required.
3. Connect each remote control valve to one station of a controller except as otherwise
indicated.
4. Connect remote valves to common ground wire system.
5. Make wire connections to remote control electric valves and splices of wire in the
field, using wire connectors and sealing cement in accordance with manufacturer's
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Section 02810-6
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
recommendations.
6. Provide tight joints to prevent leakage of water and corrosion build-up of the joint.
[1
1
E. Sleeves:
Install new sleeves prior to paving installation wherever possible. Coordinate with
general contractor.
Install pipe sleeves under existing concrete or asphalt surface by jacking, boring, or
hydraulic driving of the sleeve. Remove and replace existing concrete and asphalt
surfaces where cutting is necessary. Obtain Owner's permission before cutting
existing concrete and asphalt surfaces. Where piping is shown under paved areas
that are adjacent to turf areas, install the piping in the turf areas.
F. Flushing, testing and adjustment:
1. After sprinkler piping and risers are installed and before sprinkler heads are installed,
open control valves and flush out the system with full head of water.
2. Do not pen-nit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer. When temperature is above 80 degrees Fahrenheit, allow soluble weld
joints at least 24 hrs. curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
3. Perform system testing upon completion of each section. Make necessary repairs and
retest repaired sections as required.
4. Adjust sprinklers after installation for proper and adequate distribution of the water
over the coverage patter. Adjust for the proper arc of coverage.
5. Tighten nozzles on spray type sprinklers after installation. Adjust sprinkler adjusting
screw on lateral line or circuit as required for proper radius. Interchange nozzle
patterns as directed by the Engineer to give best arc of coverage.
6. Adjust all electric remote control valve flow control sterns for system balance.
7. Test and demonstrate the controller by operating appropriate day, hour, and station
selection features as required to automatically start and shut down irrigation cycles to
accommodate plant requirements.
3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Stockpile, haul from site, and legally dispose of waste materials, including unsuitable
excavated materials, rock, trash, and debris.
3.5 ACCEPTANCE
' A. Test and demonstrate to the Engineer and Owner the satisfactory operation of the system free
of leaks. All main lines shall be hydrostatically tested at a pressure of 100 psi for a period of time
not less than 3 hours. Should any leaks be found, it shall be repaired. The line shall then be
' retested until satisfactory.
B. Instruct the Owner's designated personnel in the operation of the system, including adjustment of
' sprinklers, controller(s) and valves.
C. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume operation of the system.
f IRRIGATION SYSTEM Section 02810-7
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II
3.6 GUARANTEES
A. The irrigation contractor shall furnish warranties in writing certifying that the quality and
workmanship of all materials and installation furnished is in accordance with these
specifications and in accordance with the original manufacturers' warranties. Irrigation
contractor shall further see to the fulfillment of all manufacturers' warranties. Irrigation
contractor shall warrant the installation workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of
completion of acceptance of the job or any accepted portion of the job. Should any problems
develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected
at no expense to the City of Clearwater.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove
from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from
irrigation system installation.
END OF SECTION 02810
IRRIGATION SYSTEM Section 02810-8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
SECTION 02870 - SITE FURNISHINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals to install site furnishings, shown on
thedrawings and as specified. Items of work are:
1. Bench
2. Trash Receptacle
3. Bike Rack
4. Removable Bollards
B. Related work:
1. Section 02751: Cement Concrete Pavement
2. Section 02518: Interlocking Concrete Unit Pavers
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All furnishings described herein shall be installed by qualified tradesmen.
B. All installation work and materials to be per manufacturer's specifications, or as directed by
the Engineer.
1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Store in a secure and weather-protected area.
B. Return all damaged products to the manufacturer/distributor for replacement.
C. Any product damaged by Contractor will be replaced at the Contractor's cost (shipping and
product) at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. All products shall be inspected by the Engineer for damage and chipped or marred finish prior
to installation.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify all work to field locations and dimensions and coordinate work being done by others.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Bench :
1. Metal bench by Landscape Forms, through GAP Architectural Products at (407) 645-
4857, or approved equal.
2. Model `SCARBOROUGH', backless, center arm, horizontal strap seat,
28"x34"x72", black powdercoat finish.
3. Quantity: 18
SITE FURNISHINGS
Section 02870-1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
B. Trash Receptacle
1. Metal trash receptacle by Landscape Forms, through GAP Architectural Products at
(407) 645-4857, or approved equal.
2. Model `SCARBOROUGH', side-opening, vertical strap, 25"x40", black powdercoat
finish.
3. Quantity: 11
C. Bike Rack
1. Metal bike rack by Landscape Forms, through GAP Architectural Products at (407)
645-4857, or approved equal.
2. Model `PI', embedded, black powdercoat finish.
3. Quantity: 5
D. Removable Bollards
1. Removable and lockable cast iron bollards by Urban Accessories, (877) 487-0488 or
approved equal
2. Model `SAN FRANCISCO' bollard, powdercoat black.
3. Quantity: 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install furnishings in locations as indicated on the plans and as per manufacturer's
specifications.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions, unless more stringent
requirements are indicated. Complete field assembly of site and street furnishings, where
required.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, install site and street furnishings after landscaping and paving
have been completed.
D. Install site and street furnishings level, plumb, true, and securely anchored at locations
indicated on Drawings.
E. Mount bike rack, benches, etc. as indicated on the plans.
F. Assure that all furnishings are installed plumb and level and in accordance with the plans and
details.
3.2 ACCEPTANCE
A. The Engineer will review each installation to determine compliance with plans and
specifications prior to final acceptance of the work.
B. Any work not installed in accordance with the plans and specifications and rejected by the
Engineer shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
3.3 GUARANTEES
A. The contractor shall furnish warranties in writing certifying that the quality and workmanship
of all materials and installation furnished is in accordance with these specifications and in
SITE FURNISHINGS Section 02870-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
accordance with the original manufacturers' warranties. The Contractor shall warrant the
installation workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the job,
or any accepted portion of the job.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove
from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Inspect components. Repair
damaged finishes to match original finish or replace component.
END OF SECTION 02870
SITE FURNISHINGS
Section 02870-3
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE R
SECTION 02920 - SODDING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide sodding as shown and specified in Contract Documents. The work includes:
1. Soil preparation.
2. Sodding median areas.
3. Maintenance.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS:
1. Section 02810: Irrigation System.
2. Section 02930: Landscaping.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit sod growers certification of grass species. Identify source location.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sod: Comply with American Sod Producers Association (ASPA) classes of sod materials.
B. Provide and pay for materials testing. Testing agency shall be acceptable to the Engineer.
Provide the following data:
1. Topsoil:
a. Ph factor.
b. Mechanical analysis.
C. Percentage of organic content.
d. Recommendations on type and quantity of additives required to establish
satisfactory Ph factor and supply of nutrients to bring nutrients to satisfactory
level for planting.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Cut, deliver and install sod or sprigs within a 24-hour period.
I. Do not harvest or transport sod when moisture content may adversely affect sod
survival.
2. Protect sod and sprigs from sun, wind, and dehydration prior to installation.
3. Do not tear, stretch, or drop sod during handling and installation.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Work notification: Notify Engineer at least 7 working days prior to start of sodding
operations.
SODDING
Section 02920-01
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
B. Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from damage caused by sodding
operations.
C. Perform sodding work only after irrigation and other work affecting ground surface has been
completed.
D. Provide hose and lawn watering equipment as required.
E. The irrigation system will be installed prior to sodding. Locate, protect, and maintain the
irrigation system during sodding operations. Repair irrigation system components damaged
during sodding operations at the Contractor's expense.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Provide a uniform stand of grass by watering, mowing and maintaining lawn areas until final
acceptance. Re-sod areas which fail to provide a uniform stand of grass with specified
materials, until all affected areas are accepted by the Landscape Architect.
PART H - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Sod: St. Augustine `Floratam'
Bermuda Tifway 419
B. Provide healthy, well-rooted, material, free of diseases, nematodes and soil borne insects.
Provide sod uniform in color, leaf texture, density, and free of weeds, undesirable grasses,
stones, roots, thatch, and extraneous material; viable and capable of growth and development
when planted.
Furnish sod machine stripped and of Supplier's standard width, length, and thickness:
Uniformly 1-1/2" to 2" thick with clean cut edges. Mow sod before stripping.
2. Sod shall be of even thickness and free of noxious weeds and in healthy condition
before being laid.
3. Sod is not to be stacked from more than 24 hrs. before laying and it must be grown in
soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to
and after installation.
C. Fertilizer for Bahia sod areas:
1. Granular, non-burning product meeting the requirement of Federal Specification 0-F-
24LS, with percentages of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash as herein specified.
8N-8P-8K
Fertilizer shall be furnished in bags or other standard containers with name, weight,
guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. Combined N-P-K content shall
be not less than 20% of the total and N content shall be not less than 5% of the total by
weight.
D. Fertilizer for Bermuda Tifway 419 areas:
Granular, non-burning product meeting the requirement of Federal Specification 0-F-24LS,
with percentages of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash as herein specified.
SODDING Section 02920-02
1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
' ION-20P-30K
Fertilizer shall be furnished in bags or other standard containers with name, weight,
guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. Combined N-P-K content shall be
' not less than 20% of the total and N content shall be not less than 5% of the total by weight.
E. Water: Free of substance harmful to sod growth. Hoses or other methods of transportation
' furnished by Contractor.
PART III - EXECUTION
t 3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine finish surfaces, grades, topsoil quality and depth. Do not start sodding work until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Limit preparation to areas, which will be immediately sodded.
B. Loosen topsoil of lawn areas to minimum depth of 4". Remove stones over 1" in any
dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and extraneous matter.
C. Grade lawn areas to smooth, free draining and even surface with a loose, uniforinly fine
texture. The finish grade of the soil should by a smooth, even surface assuring positive
drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and
sidewalks. Roll and rake; remove ridges and fill depressions as required to drain.
D. An application of 6-6-6 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all
lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000
SF. Apply fertilizer for sodded areas by mechanical rotary or drop type distributor, thoroughly
and evenly incorporated with the soil to a depth of 4" by discing and other approved methods.
Fertilize areas inaccessible to power equipment with hand tools and incorporate it into soil.
E. Dampen dry soil prior to sodding.
F. Restore prepared areas to specified condition if eroded, settled, or otherwise disturbed after
fine grading and prior to sodding. Float the field to the desired smoothness using a drag of
drag harrow and mix fertilization and lime into the upper 2" layer of soil. Leave surface soft
enough that planter will penetrate soil surface.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Sodding:
1. All sod is to be placed in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982, and 983 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications, latest edition.
2. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly-fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod
strips. Do not overlay edges. Stagger strips to offset joints in adjacent courses.
Remove excess sod to avoid smothering of adjacent grass. Provide sod pad top flush
with adjacent curbs, sidewalks, and drains.
2. Do not lay dormant sod or install sod on saturated soil.
3. Water sod thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after laying.
3. Roll with light lawn roller immediately after placement to ensure contact with sub-
grade and to compact to uniform finished grade.
4. Thoroughly water sod immediately after placement. Sufficient water shall be applied
SODDING Section 02920-03
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet to a depth of 2". Water in a manner than avoids
erosion or damage to sod and finished surface.
B. Sod indicated areas within contract limits and areas adjoining contract limits disturbed as a
result of construction operations.
3.4 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain sodded lawn areas, including watering, spot weeding, mowing, application of
herbicides, fungicides, insecticides and resodding until a full, uniform stand of grass free of
weed, undesirable grass species, disease, and insects is achieved and accepted by the
Landscape Architect.
St. Augustine `Floratam':
1. Water sod thoroughly every day, as required to establish proper rooting.
2. Repair, rework, and resod all areas that have washed out or are eroded. Replace
undesirable or dead areas with new sod. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to
Landscape Architect, shall be removed and replaced by Contractor at no additional
compensation.
3. Mow lawn areas as soon as lawn top growth reaches a 3" height. Cut back to 2"
height. Not more than 40% of grass leaf shall be removed at any single mowing.
Bermuda Tifway 419:
1. Commence watering within one hour after planting and keep soil continuously moist with
twice daily waterings.
2, If weeds are present three weeks after planting, provide recommended course of treatment
for acceptance by the Landscape Architect. If accepted, treat until all Bermuda turf areas
are weed free.
3. Mowing field at one-inch height approximately two weeks after planting. Use reel type
mower. Keep mowed on a regular basis.
3.5 ACCEPTANCE
A. Inspection to determine acceptance of sodded lawns will be made by Landscape Architect,
upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least seven (7) working days before
required inspection date.
Sodded areas will be acceptable provided all requirements, including maintenance,
have been complied with, and a healthy, even-colored viable lawn is established, free
of weeds, undesirable grass species, disease and insects.
B. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume responsibility for lawn maintenance.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove
from site all excess materials, debris and equipment. Repair damage resulting from sodding
operations.
SODDING Section 02920-04
1
CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE H
END OF SECTION 02920
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SODDING
1
Section 02920-05
03000 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
3.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation provided in the
proposal and the Contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, labor,
tools and equipment, for performing all operations necessary to complete the
work under the Contract, and also, full payment for all losses or damages
arising from the nature of the work, or from the action of the elements or from
any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution
of the work until the final acceptance by the City.
B. Quantities and measurements indicated in the Bid Form are for bidding and
contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the
work and verified by the City shall determine payment. If the actual work
requires more or fewer quantities than those quantities indicated, provide the
required quantities at the unit prices bid, subject to Paragraph 1.02 C. herein.
C. Work not shown or called out in either the Plans or the Specifications, but
necessary in carrying out the intent of the Project or in the complete and
proper execution of the Work, is required and shall be performed by the
Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. No
additional compensation will be considered for this associated and necessary
work.
D. The processes stated in the Bid Form include all costs and expenses for taxes,
labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and
expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during
inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing
and completing the work as shown on the Plans and specified herein. The
basis of payment for an item at the unit price shown in the Bid Form shall be
in accordance with the description of that item in this Section.
E. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for
various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the
work in its entirety. Should the Contractor think that the cost for any item of
work has not been established by the Bid Form or Payment Items, he/she shall
include the cost for that work in some other applicable bid item, so that his/her
proposal for the project does reflect his/her total price for completing the work
in its entirety.
03000 - MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
' A. Payment for all work done in compliance with the Contract Documents,
inclusive of furnishing all manpower, equipment, materials and performance of all
' operations relative to construction of this project, will be made under the pay
items listed herein and in accordance with the accepted Bid.
' B. Methods of Measurement:
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-1
1
1. Units of measurement shall be defined in general terms as follows:
a. Lump Sum (LS)
b. Lineal Feet (LF)
c. Square Feet (SF)
d. Square Yards (SY)
d. Cubic Yards (CY)
e. Tons (TN)
f. Each (EA)
3.03 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for each bid item shall include all labor, materials and
equipment required to perform the work included for that respective item to
provide a complete and operable installation whether specifically described,
mentioned or implied.
3.04 SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS
Item 1001-- Mobilization
Payment for mobilization will include costs associated with preparatory work and
operations necessary to begin work on the Project, including but not limited to those
operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals
to the Project site(s), pre-construction video for the site, and for the establishment of
temporary offices for the Contractor, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and
other facilities as required by the Plans and Specifications and all applicable federal,
state, and local laws and regulations, notification of residents per Section IV, Article
52.2, all Contractor obtained permits, disposal of all waste, and all restoration of existing
landscaping, curbing, sidewalks and street pavement per Section IV, Articles b, 7, 8, 10,
22, 23, 25, 29, 30, 31, 32 and 37.2.
The cost of bonds and any other required insurance, consideration for indemnification to
the City and the Engineer's Consultant, and any other pre-construction expenses
necessary for the start of the Work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall
also be included in this Pay Item.
The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price,
in accordance with the following schedule:
PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL
CONTRACT AMOUNT EARNED
ALLOWABLE PERCENT
OF THE LUMP SUM PRICE
FOR MOBILIZATION *
5
10
25
100
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
25
50
75
100
SECTION 03000-2
11
1
* Payment for Mobilization/Demobilization will be limited to 10 percent of the original
' Contract amount for the Project. Any remaining amount will be paid upon completion
of all Work on the Project, including final punch list Work items.
1
11
Item 1002 - Maintenance of Traffic
Payment for vehicular traffic and pedestrian control will include safely controlling traffic
and pedestrian movement within and around the entire Project area including adjacent
properties as a result of construction equipment and activities. Traffic and pedestrian
control shall be maintained throughout the duration of the project. The Maintenance of
Traffic Plans depict the minimum required signage and devices. Additional signage and
devices will be required based on the Contractor's construction methods, haul routes,
staging areas and other activities. All Maintenance of Traffic and Traffic Control devices
shall be approved by the City's Traffic Operations Manager prior to installation.
Traffic control and Maintenance of Traffic shall be per Section N, Article 44.
Payment for Maintenance of Traffic Plans will be lump sum payable in an amount equal
to the percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for
payment.
Item 1003 - Project Signs
Payment for Project Signs shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and
services required to fabricate, furnish, deploy, secure, and maintain all erosion and
sediment control measures throughout the entire duration of the proposed Work. The
City's Construction Manager will select the locations of the signs after the Pre-
Construction meeting.
Materials and installation for the Project signs will be per Section III, Article 23.
Payment for Project Signs will be on a unit basis of each sign furnished and installed.
Item 1004 - Erosion and Sediment Control
Payment for Erosion and Sediment Control shall include all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and services required to fabricate, furnish, deploy, secure, and maintain all
erosion and sediment control measures throughout the entire duration of the proposed
Work. Pay item shall also include preparation and submittal of a site specific Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), detailing Erosion and Sediment Control Best
Management Practices (BMP's) and removal of all control measures upon completion
and acceptance of the Work.
The control measures shall conform to Section N, Article 38, and FDOT Standards
Index 102 and 103, or as directed by the Engineer.
Payment for Erosion and Sediment Control will be lump sum payable in an amount equal
to the percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for
payment.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-3
Item 1005 - General Demolition
Payment for General demolition will include all labor, material, equipment and
incidentals required for demolition, transport from site and proper disposal of all concrete
sidewalks, driveways, curbs, gutters, asphalt pavement, trees, landscaping, and brush
within the Right-of-Way of the Project limits and at other locations shown on plans.
Unless specifically shown on the plans to be removed and replaced, all underground
utilities, manholes, rings and covers shall remain. All material shall become the property
of the Contractor and shall be removed from site except for material covered under Pay
Item 1007. Existing base material may be used for new stabilized subgrade, Pay Item
2001, if approved by the City Engineer.
The Contractor is to take note of several core borings that were made on the one block
section of the west bound turn lane of Cleveland Street between Myrtle and Prospect. It
appears that full depth asphalt was used as road surface and base in this area. There is no
special bid item for this removal and any additional costs are to be reflected in this bid
item.
Payment for General demolition will be lump sum payable in an amount equal to the
percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for payment.
Item 1006 - Removal of unsuitable material
This bid item includes everything that is outlined in Part B section 17 of the Technical
Specification. Contractor is to take note that this item includes replacement with clean
fill. Specifically this area is to apply to areas under the subgrade of the roadway or under
proposed curb, sidewalk or driveways. The Engineer will make the determination as to
the extent of removal during construction.
Item 1007 - Temporary Business Identification Signs
Payment for Temporary Business Identification Signs will include all labor, material,
equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish, install and maintain business
identification signs. Locations will be determined in the field by the City's Construction
Inspector.
Signs shall comply with FDOT Index 17355, MOT-11-06.
Payment for Temporary Business Identification Signs shall be on a unit basis based on
each furnished and installed.
Item 2001 through 2003 -12" Stabilized Subgrade, and 4" or 8" Crushed Concrete
base
Payment for Stabilized Subgrade and Crushed Concrete Base will include all labor,
material, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install subgrade and base as
shown on the Plans.
Installation, materials, testing, measurement and payment shall comply with Section IV,
Article 22.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-4
1
1
' Items 2004 and 2005 - Asphalt Base Course Type S-1 2" and Asphalt Surface
Course Type S-3 1"
' Payment for 2" Asphalt Base Course Type S-1" and 1" Asphalt Surface
Course, Type S-3 will include all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to
furnish and install asphaltic concrete pavement as shown on the Plans.
' Installation, materials and testing shall comply with Section IV, Article 23.
Measurement and payment shall be on the basis of square yards of asphalt pavement
placed and accepted.
Items 2006 through 2009 - Curb and Gutter (various types)
Payment for curbs and gutters will include all labor, material, equipment and incidentals
' necessary to furnish and install curbs and gutters as shown on the Plans and at locations
identified by the City's Construction Inspector.
I Installation, materials, testing, measurement and payment shall comply with City of
Clearwater Standards Index 101 and Section IV, Articles 6, 7, 8, 10, and 29.
Item 2010- Asphalt, Private Parking Lots
Payment for Asphalt, Private Parking Lots will include all labor, material, equipment and
incidentals necessary to remove existing asphalt, grade the base, and repave as shown on
the Plans and at locations identified by the City's Construction Inspector.
' Installation, materials and testing shall comply with Section IV, Article 23.
' Measurement and payment shall be on the basis of tons of asphalt pavement placed and
accepted.
' Item 2011-1" Milling, Private Parking Lots
Payment for Milling, Private Parking Lots will include all labor, material, equipment and
incidentals necessary for milling the existing asphaltic concrete pavement as shown on
the Plans or directed by the City's Construction Inspector.
' Milling, Private Parking Lots shall comply with Section IV, Article 55.
Payment for Milling, Private Parking Lots will be in square yards of asphaltic concrete
' pavement acceptably milled.
Item 2012 -1" Asphalt Milling
' This measurement and payment item includes all materials, preparation, hauling,
transporting, and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material,
any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either
required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping,
' MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-5
labor, equipment, and all other appurtenances necessary to complete the milling in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
This item shall be measured in square yards. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per square yard of area milled, complete and accepted.
Item 2013- Bedding Material, Crushed Stone #57
Payment for Bedding Material, Crushed Stone #57 will include all labor, material,
equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install bedding material as shown on
the Plans.
Installation, materials, testing, measurement and payment shall comply with FDOT
Standards Index 125.
Item 2014 - Prepared Planting Soil Backfill
Payment for Prepared Planting Soil will include all work necessary for the placement of
the planting soil backfill mix within the roadway median and planting areas, as described
in specification Section 02300 - `Earthwork', located in Section IV-A, Supplemental
Technical Specifications, of this Project Manual.
The quantity for payment will be the actual volume quantity of cubic yards of prepared
planting soil installed and accepted.
Items 3001 through 3005 - 6" and 24" Solid, white or yellow paint
This measurement and payment item includes providing paint, as per color indicated in
the Contract Documents, and painting, as detailed and located in the Contract
Documents.
Painted stripping shall comply with Section IV, Article 60.
This item shall be measured per linear foot. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per linear foot of paint installed.
Item 3006- FDOT standard white left turn arrow (paint)
This measurement and payment item includes providing paint, as per color indicated in
the Contract Documents, painting directional arrows and pavement messages, as detailed
and located in the Contract Documents.
Painted turn arrows shall comply with Section IV, Article 60.
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
directional arrow & pavement message painted
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-6
C
[7
fl
1
11
[1
1
Item 3007- 4" Traffic Signal Conduit (w/ 3 Inner-Ducts)
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of ITS conduit as detailed within the Contract
Documents.
4" Traffic Control (with 3 inner ducts) installation shall comply with Section IV, Article
59.
This item shall be measured as linear foot. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per linear foot of conduit installed.
Item 3008- Traffic Control Pull Box Installation (Pull Boxes Supplied by City)
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of fiber optic pull boxes, supplied by the City of
Clearwater, as detailed within the Contract Documents.
Traffic Control Pull Box installation shall comply with Section IV, Article 59.
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
pull box installed.
Item 4001- 6" Wide Concrete flush curb including around tree cut-outs
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of 6". concrete flush curb including all concrete,
reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, and other appurtenances as per
Contract Documents.
This item shall be measured as linear foot. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per linear feet of 6" concrete flush curb installed.
Item 4002 -18" Wide Concrete flush curb @ Crosswalks
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of 18" concrete flush curb including all concrete,
reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, and other appurtenances as per
Contract Documents.
This item shall be measured as linear foot. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per linear feet of 18" concrete flush curb installed.
Item 4003 through 4004 - 6" and 4" Concrete Sidewalk
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of concrete sidewalks, including all concrete,
reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, and other appurtenances as per
Contract Documents.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000.7
This item shall be measured as square yard. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per square yard of sidewalk installed.
Item 4005 - Isolation Joint
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of the isolation joint as detailed within the Contract
Documents.
This item shall be measured as linear foot. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per linear foot of isolation joint installed.
Item 4006 through 4011- Pavers
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of the pedestrian & vehicular pavers, including
pavers, setting bed, concrete base, compacted sub-grade, and all other appurtenances as
detailed within the Contract Documents.
This item shall be measured as square yard. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per square yard of pavers installed.
Item 4012 through 4015- Handicap Ramps
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of all handicap ramps including pavers, truncated
dome pavers, setting bed, concrete, compacted sub-grade, detectable warning mats, and
all other appurtenances as detailed within the Contract Documents.
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
handicap ramp provided and installed.
Item 4016 through 4017- Paver Drive & Concrete Drive
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of all paver and concrete drives including pavers,
setting bed, concrete, compacted sub-grade, and all other appurtenances as detailed
within the Contract Documents.
This item shall be measured per square yard. Payment will be made at the Contract unit
price per square yard of drive installed.
Item 4018 through 4021- Site Furnishings
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of all site furnishings along the streetscape and
within Station Square Park, including benches, trash receptacles, bike racks, removable
bollards, anchors, and other footings, hardware, and appurtenances as per manufacturer's
specifications and as per Contract Documents.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-8
1
1
1
1
11
n
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
site furnishing provided and installed.
Item 4022 through 4040 - Landscape, sod, and mulch
1. This measurement and payment item shall consist of furnishing and providing all
labor, plants and materials, tools, and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for
plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary);
to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy
and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work
as described herein or indicated within the Contract Documents. This item shall also
include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, so
finished lawn areas will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply
with the intent of the landscape drawings. This item also includes plant care and any
required replacing of plantings or restoring of damaged areas.
2. Measurement of this item includes:
A. Plant material - The quantity for payment will be the actual number of
Each type of plant material or tree planted and accepted.
B. Sod - The quantity for payment shall be the actual square footage of sod
planted and accepted.
C. Mulch - The quantity for payment will be the actual volume quantity of
cubic yards of mulch installed and accepted.
3. Basis of Payment: Payment of the work under this section will be paid for at the
contract unit prices as listed in the bid form for accepted material.
Item 4041--- Site Irrigation System
This measurement and payment item shall consist of the installation of a complete
irrigation system as delineated on plans, in accordance with applicable section of
specifications, and including all valves, piping, wiring, backflow preventers, sprinkler
heads, fittings, sleeves, service pipe and controllers, electrical distribution, and all other
materials, labor, services, facilities and equipment required for a fully operational and
accepted underground irrigation system. Work notes as `NIC', `existing', or `by others'
is not included in this pay item.
This item is a lump sum unit. Payment will be a lump sum amount for the complete
irrigation system.
Item 5001 through 5004 - Electrical Conductors and Conduit
This measurement and payment item shall consist of furnishing and providing all labor,
materials, tools, and equipment necessary for the complete installation of the electrical
conductors and conduit in accordance with all applicable sections of the specifications.
Note that all street lights are to be installed by Progress Energy and as such the costs of
those items are not to be included as a part of this work. Wiring for the street lights is also
to be completed by Progress Energy. Installation of #6 insulated conductor to feed the 16
planter locations at the intersections is a part of this work and is to be included as a part
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-9
of Item 5001.
These items shall be measured by linear feet. Payment will be made for each linear foot
of conductor and conduit placed.
Item 5005 through 5007 - Electrical Service Center, Pull Boxes and Uplights
This measurement and payment item shall consist of furnishing and providing all labor,
materials, tools, and equipment necessary for the complete installation of the items
described above in accordance with all applicable sections of the specifications.
These items shall be measured as each. Payment will be made for each item installed.
Items 6001 through 6010- RCP, PVC Contech A-2000, Ductile Iron
Payment for reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), PVC Contech A-2000, and ductile iron pipe
(D.I.) will include all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and
install the pipe as shown on the Plans.
Installation, materials, measurement and payment shall comply with Section IV, Article
19.
Item 6011- Brick and Mortar Plug
Payment for Brick and Mortar Plug will include all labor, material, equipment and
incidentals to plug pipes and culverts as shown on plans or directed by the City's Field
Representative.
Payment for Brick and Mortar Plug will be a unit price for each brick and mortar plug
installed and accepted.
Item 6012- 6" Under Drain (If Needed)
This measurement and payment item shall consist of all materials necessary to construct
the under drain system and is also to include the sod that will match the adjacent sod on
each lot.
Installation, materials, measurement and payment shall comply with Section IV, Article
18.
Item 6013- 6" Under Drain Cleanout (If Needed)
This measurement and payment item shall consist of all materials necessary to construct
the under drain system and is also to include the sod that will match the adjacent sod on
each lot.
1
1
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-10 1
fl
Installation, materials, measurement and payment shall comply with Section IV, Article
18.
Item 6014- 8" Under Drain Cleanout
This measurement and payment item shall consist of all materials necessary to construct
the under drain system and is also to include the sod that will match the adjacent sod on
each lot.
Installation, materials, measurement and payment shall comply with Section IV, Article
18.
Items 6015 through 6022 - Inlets
Payment for inlets will include all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to
furnish and install FDOT inlets Type 5, 6, 9 and V.
Installation and materials shall comply with FDOT Standards 211, 220, 200, and 201, and
Section IV, Article 33.
Payment for inlets shall be on a unit basis based on each furnished and installed as
specified in the Plans and accepted by the City's Inspector.
Items 6023 through 6027 - Stormwater Manholes
' This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of stormwater manholes as detailed within the
Contract Documents.
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
stormwater manhole installed.
Items 6028 through 6029- 8" and 10" Ductile Iron Sanitary Sewer Pipe
Payment for ductile iron sanitary sewer pipes (D. I.) will include all labor, material,
equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the pipe as shown on the Plans.
Specifically this linear foot bid item includes femco couplings for short sections of
ductile iron pipe at conflict structures, etc.
Installation, materials, measurement and payment shall comply with Section IV, Article
20.
Item 6030 - Stormwater Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment
Payment for Stormwater Manhole Ring & Cover will include all labor, material,
equipment and incidentals necessary to adjust manholes to grade as shown on the Plans
and furnish and install a new manhole ring and cover, City of Clearwater Index 201.
Payment shall be on a unit basis of each manhole adjusted to grade.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-11
Item 6031- Pipe connection into Existing Structures
Payment for Connect New Pipe to Existing Structure will include all labor, material,
equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work as shown on the Plans.
Connections will require FDOT reinforced concrete collar, FDOT Index 280.
Payment to Connect New Pipe to Existing Structure shall be on a unit basis based on each
connection completed and accepted by the City's Inspector.
Item 6032- Private Storm Box
This measurement and payment item consists of all labor, material, equipment and
incidentals necessary to furnish and install private storm boxes.
Construction of private storm boxes shall follow structure detail shown in the plans on
sheet RD-3, Page 35.
Payment for private storm boxes shall be on a unit basis based on each furnished and
installed as specified in the Plans and accepted by the City's Inspector.
Item 6033- Private Percolation Inlet
This measurement and payment item consists of all labor, material, equipment and
incidentals necessary to furnish and install private percolation inlet.
Construction of private percolation inlet shall follow structure detail shown in the plans
on sheet RD-3, Page 35.
Payment for private percolation inlet will be on a unit basis based on each furnished and
installed as specified in the Plans and accepted by the City's Inspector.
Item 7001-Water Service Line
Payment for Water Service Lines will include all labor, material, equipment and
incidentals, including but not limited to saddle, corporation and curb stops, meter box and
lid necessary to furnish and install 1" and 1 1/2" blue polyethylene water pipe as shown
on the Plans or at locations identified by the City's Construction Inspector. City Public
Utility Staff will relocate the actual water meters.
The unit of measurement for this item will be each.
measurement and payment shall comply with Section
Clearwater Index 401.
Items 7002 through 7005 -Water mains
11
Installation, materials, testing,
IV, Article 41 and City of
This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of the water mains, including all pipe, proper
chlorination, flushing, sampling, and restoration for a fully functioning water main.
Ductile iron and PVC water main shall have tracer wire; refer to Section IV, Article
41.2.2.2 for details. Poly-wrap all new ductile iron pipe. After new main pipe segments
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-12
' have received FDEP clearance, the system is to be switched over in phases and the old
mains and appurtenances, including fire hydrant assemblies, are to be removed and
properly disposed of offsite. The pipe removal includes the old 14" and 10" mains on the
north and south side of Cleveland street and various size mains running north/south at
intersections that are not all identified for replacement, as shown on the plans U-1 to U-6,
' and all associated restoration.
' The unit of measurement for this item will be linear foot. Payment for water mains will
include all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the
pipe as shown on the Plans. Installation, materials, testing, measurement and payment
' shall comply with Section IV, Article 41 and City of Clearwater 400 Series Standards.
Item 7006- 12" Cross
This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of the 12" ductile iron cross fitting, poly-wrapped.
' This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
cross installed. This item shall comply with Section IV, Article 41.
' 7007- Line Stop
This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
' materials required for the installation of line stop as shown on the plans.
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
line stop installed. This item shall comply with Section IV, Article 41.
Item. 7008 through 7011- 12", 8", 6" AND 4" Gate valves
This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of the gate valves complete with box and cover.
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
valve installed. This item shall comply with Section IV, Article 41.
' 7012- Fitting and Appurtenances
' This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of water main fittings and appurtenances, including,
but not limited to bends, Tees, 45s, reducers, flanges, and mechanical and bell restraints
on proposed and existing pipe. All ductile iron fittings shall be poly-wrapped per
manufacturer recommended procedures.
This item shall be measured in tonnage. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price
per ton of fittings and appurtenances installed. This item shall comply with Section IV,
Article 41.
Item 7013 - Hydrant Assembly
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-13
Payment for Hydrant Assembly will include all labor, material, equipment and
incidentals, including but not limited to the tee and gate valve at proposed main, gate
valve at the hydrant (when runouts are greater than 10 feet from main) valve box and
restraints necessary to furnish and install hydrant assemblies as shown on the Plans.
Installation, materials, testing, measurement and payment shall comply with Section IV,
Article 41 and City of Clearwater Standards Index 40 2.
Item 8001- 4" PVC Reclaim Main
This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of the 4" reclaim water main, including all pipe,
fittings, and other appurtenances for a fully functioning water main. If pipe is installed by
directional drill, Certa-Lok C900 or Diamond Lok-21 PVC restrained joint pipe shall be
used. All above ground valves, meters, and other devices, and other appurtenances shall
be painted purple. The color standard for paint shall be Pantone color 522C with light
color stableant or approved equal.
The unit of measurement for this item will be linear foot. Payment for the 4" reclaim
water main will include all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to
furnish and install the pipe as shown on the Plans. This item shall comply with Section
IV, Article 41 and City of Clearwater 500 Series Standards.
Item 8002-1" Reclaim Services
This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of the 1" purple polyethylene reclaim pipe,
including but not limited to saddle, corporation and curb stops, meter box and lid, all
pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances for a fully functioning reclaim main.
The unit of measurement for this item will be linear foot. Payment for the 1" reclaim
water main will include all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to
furnish and install the pipe as shown on the Plans.
Item 8003- 4" Gate Valve
Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor,
equipment and materials required for the installation of the 4" gate valve.
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
valve installed.
Item 9001- 5' Sanitary Manhole (Eccentric Cone)
This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required for the installation of 5' sanitary manholes as detailed within the
Contract Documents.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION' 03000-14
1
u
This item shall be measured as each. Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per
sanitary manhole installed.
Item 9002 - Adjust Sanitary Manhole Ring& Cover
Payment for Adjust Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring& Cover will include all labor,
material, equipment and incidentals necessary to adjust manholes to grade as shown on
the Plans and locations identified by the City's Construction Inspector, and furnish and
install a new ring and cover, City of Clearwater Index 301.
Payment shall be on a unit basis of each manhole adjusted to grade.
Item 9003 - Remove and Replace 6" Sanitary Sewer Laterals
Payment for Remove and Replace Sanitary Sewer Laterals will include all labor,
material, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install Sanitary Sewer
Laterals and cleanouts at locations identified by the City's Construction Inspector.
Installation, materials and testing shall comply with Section IV, Article 20 and City of
Clearwater Standard Indexes 304 and 305.
Payment shall be in each sanitary sewer lateral removed and replaced.
Items 9004 and 9005- Remove and Replace 8" and 10" Sanitary Sewer Mains (If
Needed)
Payment for Remove and Replace 8" and 10" Sanitary Sewer Mains will include all
labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install ductile iron
sanitary sewer gravity mains as shown on the Plans.
Installation, materials, testing, measurement and payment shall comply with Article 20
and City of Clearwater 300 Series Standards.
Item 9006- Install Clean-out on existing lateral
Installation, materials and testing shall comply with Section IV, Article 20 and City of
Clearwater Standard Index 304.
Payment shall be on a unit basis of each sanitary sewer clean-out removed and replaced.
Item 9007 - Remove abandoned 8" Sanitary Pipe
This Measurement & Payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required to remove and properly dispose of abandoned 8" sanitary pipe as
shown on plans. Payment shall be in Linear Feet of Abandoned Sanitary Pipe.
Item 9008 -- Sanitary Sewer Manhole (Cone Only)
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-15
1
This Measurement & Payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and
materials required to modify existing sanitary manhole, furnish and install new cone
section. Payment shall be on a unit basis of each manhole modified.
END OF SECTION 03000
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 03000-16 1
SECTION V
CONTRACT BOND
SECTION V
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Table of Contents:
SECTION V .................................................................................................................................... i
CONTRACT BOND ..................................................................................................................... 1
CONTRACT .................................................................................................................................. 3
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................... b
PROPOSAL BOND ...................................................................................................................... 7
AFFIDAVIT .................................................................................................................................. 8
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9
PROPOSAL .................................................................................................................................10
CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET .................................................................13
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL .............................................................................................................14
Scctionv Pagc i Revised. 7/22/2008
1
' BOND NUMBER: 08860086
' CONTRACT BOND
STATE OF FLORIDA
' COUNTY OF PINELLAS
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we MTM CONTRACTORS INC.
' Contractor and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND (Surety) whose
home address is P. O. BOX 31045, TAMP FLORIDA 33631-1045
HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater,
Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: TWO MILLION NINE HUNDRED
FORTY THOUSAND, NINE HUNDRED SIX DOLLARS AND EIGHTY-THREE CENTS
' ($2,940,906.83) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the s day
of 2010, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for:
' CLEVELAND STREET PHASE II 08-0055-EN
' a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully
copied herein.
' NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the
Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the
' one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract
documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of
Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the
' Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be
made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless
the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or
skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents
or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans
furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make
' payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or
indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of
the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and
' Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the
said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may
be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or
indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of
' the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of
said contract.
1
' Pap 1
[1
L
CONTRACT BOND
(2)
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said
Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be
recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by
reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance
thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or
servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or
the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as
aforesaid, or otherwise.
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs,
executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the
Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work,
embraced by said Contract.
And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or
the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms` of
the contract or to the work or to the specifications. ,• i
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this
day of 24
MTM V ,RerTnue '
ATTEST:
- 4 L 6&7?'
John cVey cre ary-Treasurer
By:
Ge
no/President
wl"Ss:
i
Tina Gonzal
COUNTE NED:
Anthon. . Papa, Jr. icensed Florida Agent
Willis of Florida, Inc.
771 Professional wy es Suite 101
Sarasota, FL 34240
(941)554-3140
Page 2
Fidelity and Deposit Compatyip' tlyland
SURETY .41
4.4
By:_ v ?w
ATTORN - -FA hQ' Ty;"pa+y Jr
Power of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a
corporation of the State of Maryland, by THEODORE G. MARTINEZ, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY,
Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Law id Company, which are
set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and eff d0i reof, does hereby
nominate, constitute and appoint Anthony T. PAPA, JR., Carol Ann , ' N and Christine A.
PAPA, all of Sarasota, Florida, EACH its true and lawful - - te, seal and deliver,
for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and d p on s, and the execution of such
bonds or undertakings in pursuance of t e s e t ompany, as fully and amply, to all
intents and purposes, as if the f e ut by the regularly elected officers of the Company at
its office in Baltimo th ' a power of attorney revokes that issued on behalf of Anthony T.
PAPA, JR., Carol A; Z, Diane L. BROWN, dated June 21, 2005.
The said Assistant s eby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI,
Section 2, of the By-L s said Company, and is now in force.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and
affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 23rd day of February,
A.D. 2006.
ATTEST:
FenEPOS?r
ti r ?4P p
O
State of Maryland 1 SS:
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
1? mkt't-?
Gregory E. Murray Assistant Secretary
By:
Theodore G. Maftirezr' + "
a
City of Baltimore
On this 23rd day of February, A.D. 2006, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State' of Maryland, 'duly
commissioned and qualified, came THEODORE G. MARTINEZ, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY,, Assistant
Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals
and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same,
and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company
aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said
Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority
and direction of the said Corporation.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above
written.
?, ??
'
?llf l
11111?
Constance A. Dunn Notary Public
My Commission Expires: July 14, 2011
POA-F 031-4610
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
"Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior
Vice-Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee,
shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident
Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to
authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations,
policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in
the nature of mortgages,... and to affix the seal of the Company thereto."
CERTIFICATE
1, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify
that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that
the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized
by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the
Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on
the IOth. day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically
reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or
hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and
binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed."
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company,
this day of
Assistant Secretary
CONTRACT
' This CONTRACT made and entered into this al 5?day of -VDeCe,- 60! 20 by and between the
City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and MTM
CONTRACTORS INC. of the City of PINELLAS P County of PINELLAS and State of
' FLORIDA hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
' That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements
on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
' The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at
their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the
' following:
CLEVELAND STREET PHASE II (0$-0055-EN) FOR THE SUM OF TWO MILLION NINE
' HUNDRED FORTY THOUSAND, NINE HUNDRED SIX DOLLARS AND EIGHTY-
THREE CENTS ($2,940,906.53)
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any
advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto
attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the
Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf
and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in
accordance with the provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF
THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES
TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY
CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE
CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED
CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
Page 3
' CONTRACT
(2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
' In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agree not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
' employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the
provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
' It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that
time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
' herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be
due to the Contractor the sum of _$1,0110.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the
Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of 1000.00 per
&L shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
' not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
' It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
' sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
' bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and
provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
' performance of the work under the terns hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form
satisfactory to it.
1
Page 4
1
1
1
1
CONTRACT
(3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
' B
Y:
William B. Horne, H
City Manager
1
Countersigned:
y
Frank Hibbard,
Mayor-Councilmernber
V
r
Attest:
Rosemarie Call
City Clerk
(Contractor must indicate whether Corporation,
Partnership, Company or Individual.)
(The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is signing
for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show
his authority to bind the Corporation).
Page 5
Camilo Soto
Assistant City Attorney <<4 `"
Corporation =.
MTM C ractors, 1z q-
(COn tOj?
?/ A dip
ge tocc
ent
1
u
1
1
CONTRACTOR'S AEEMVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
(CORPORATION FORM)
STATE OF _
COUNTY OF
On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to
administer oaths and take acknowledgments, who after being duly sworn,
deposes and says:
That he is the (TITLE) of MTM
RACTORS, INC. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 6550
GREET NORTH, PINELLAS P FLORIDA 33781 (herein, the "Contractor").
That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of
20___, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as
Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of
CLEVELAND STREET PHASE D (08-0055-EN)
That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors,
laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature
nor any debts or obligations that might became a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work
against the described property.
' That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes,
and upon consideration of the payment of (Unal Full Amognt of Contra) in
full satisfaction and discharge of said contract.
' That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract.
' The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of
the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.
Sworn and subscribed to before me MTM CONTRACTORS INC.
AFFIANT
This day of 20
' BY:
' NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT
1
Page 6
J
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PROPOSAL BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned,
MTM Contractors, Inc. as papal, and Fidelity and Deposit Company
of aryan as Surety, who's address isPO Box 31045
are held and furnly bound unto
the Ctty of deaawater, Florida, in the sum of Two Hundred-Ninety Four Thousand Ninmty One
Dollars ($294,091. 00 ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment
of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
MTM Contractors, Inc.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of
as principai, and.Fidelity and DeposTCompany at`IGt dry nd
Surety, for work specified as:
CLEVELAND STREET PHASE U 08-0055-EN
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a
contract, in writing, and #urnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved
by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtu--
by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated
damages.
Signed this 28th day of October 2010
(Principal must indicate whether MTM Contractors, Inc.
corporation, partnership, company Corporation
or individual)
George Toccalino
principal-President-of Corporation
The person signing shall, in his own 1
handwriting, sign the Principal's By-
name, his own name and his title, T e P esident
the person signing for a corporation
must, by affidavit, show his authority Fidelity-and D _efosit Comp y of Maryland
to bind the corporation.
Surety ony T? _
Attorney-in-Fact nd Licensed
Florida Agent
Willis of Florida, Inc.
6771 Professional Pkwy West Suite 101
Sarasota, FL 34240
(941)554-3140
SectionV Page 7 of 14 Revised: 7; 2 008
Power of Attorney
' FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a
corporation of the State of Maryland, by THEODORE G. MARTINEZ, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY,
Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-La d Company, which are
BMW
set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and of, does hereby
nominate, constitute and appoint Anthony T. PAPA, JR., Carol Ann
N and Christine A.
' PAPA, all of Sarasota, Florida, EACH its true and lawful seal and deliver,
for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and d n and the execution of such
bonds or undertakings in pursuance of hnfi?Q ompany, as fully and amply, to all
intents and purposes, as if fliV I by the regularly elected officers of the Company at
its office in Bal ' th ' power of attorney revokes that issued on behalf of Anthony T.
' PAPA, JR., Carol Z, Diane L. BROWN, dated June 21, 2005.
The said Assistant ijr certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI,
Section 2, of the By- said Company, and is now in farce.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and
affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 23rd day of February,
A.D. 2006.
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
ATTEST:
?° rxv?r
ti; P
4
State of Maryland ss:
City of Baltimore
Gregory E. Murray Assistant Secretary
By:
Theodore G. Martinez
On this 23rd day of February, A.D. 2006, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly
commissioned and qualified, came THEODORE G. MARTINEZ, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant
Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals
and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same,
and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company
aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instnpnent is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said
Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority
and direction of the said Corporation.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above
written.
f b
Constance A. Drawl Notary Public
My Commission Expires: July 14, 2011
POA-F 031-4610
AFFIDAVIT
(To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF PINELLAS )
John W McVey being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is
Secretary of MTN CONTRACTORS, INC.
a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having
its principal office at:
6550 53rd Street North Pinellas Park---- E:Lnej]aiq Florida
Street & Number City County State
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
MTM Contractors Inc.
(Name of Corporation)
Affiant further says that George Toccalino is President
(Officer's Name) (Title)
of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for MTM Contractors, Inc.
for said corporation byv7irtue of REsolution of the Board of Directors
(state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of
Dated February 23, 2004 Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption).
I J n c ffi
Swornto before me this 28 day of October 20_19.
NOWry PUbk Stave & FWAs
Meft" MOM Notary Public
My CGMMWM DOOM14
?p Expirt'8 06110/2019
Melissa Toccali.no
TypelprizWstamp name of Notary
1
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
1
1
1
secdmv Page 8 of 14 Revised: 7/22/2008
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF FLORIDA )
' COUNTY OF PINELLAS )
' George Toccalino being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
President of MTM Contractors, Inc.
' the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham:
that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other
bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly
' or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain
from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
' fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to seem any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
' has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof; or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof.
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 28 day of October
SestionV Page 9 of 14
1
Affiant
Georg Toccalino/President
20 io
Notary Pub is
Revised: 92M008
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
CLEVELAND STREET PHASE II - 08-0055-EN
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
CLEVELAND STREET PHASE 19 -- 08-0055-EN
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of
the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract
without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to
be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all
the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney, and such bidder
is hereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the
Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, ContrW Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications,
General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and
agrees that if the Proposal be accep he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form
of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and
hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
Secdonv Pfte 10 of 14 Revised: 727./ 008
PROPOSAL
(2)
' If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may,
at its option de:terirdne that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal
' shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to
become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be
retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the
' City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this
Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified hereim
' Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Fidelity and De osit Company-._of Maryland
Bank, for the sum of Two Hundred Ninety Four
Thousand Ninety One Dollars ($294,091.00 )
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the forgoing bid are as follows:
(If corpora#ion, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the
name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's
improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, matenalman,
' agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES: ADDRESSES:
' George Toccalino 5652 Ba few DrIle n
John W McVey 205 66th Street South ST Petersburg Florida 33708 - Secretar and
' Treasurer
Sim of Bidder ZIXI/ es
(The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, P ont a
oftership, Comlwry or
I sectionv Pegs 11 of 14
/Pres den of MTM
. a F for a Corporation.
Revised: 7/=008
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by
affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation-
Principal: MTM Contractors, Inc.
By: Title: President
rge occal?no '
Business Address of Bidder: 6550 53rd Street North
City and State: Pinellas- Park Florida _ Zip Code 33781
6550 53rd Street North
Dated at Pinellas Park F1 33781 this 28th dayof.October , A.D.,
2010
sectionv Page 12 of 14 Revised: 7/22/2008
MY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
CLEVELAND STREET FHASE H - 08-0055-EN
AcImowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendum No. One Date: October 6, 2010
AddendunlNo. Two Date: October 22, 2010
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Dame:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
MTM Contractors, Inc.-
)
(Name of Bid
(Si ture of Officer)
George Toccalino
President
(Title of Officer)
October 28, 2010
(Date)
sewonv Page 13 of 14 Revised: 7/2212008
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL REVISED 10122/10
PROJECT: CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - PHASE II - 08-0055-EN
BID ITEMS EST UNIT TOTAL.
UNIT QTY PRICE
ROADS & ADMINISTRATION
1000 DEMOLITION & ADMINISTRATION
1001 MOBILIZATION LS 1
1002 MOT LS I
1003 PROJECT SIGNS EA 2
1004 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL LS I
1005 GENERAL DEMOLITION (INCLUDE REMOVAL OF EXISTING TO LS 1
24" MIN. IN PLANTED AREAS
1006 REMOVE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL (IF NEEDED) CY 600
1007 TEMPORARY BUSINESS IDENTIFICATION SIGNS EA 48
TOTAL DEMOLITION & ADM INISTR ATION
2000 PAVING
2001 STABILIZED SUBGRADE, 12" SY 12,055
2002 BASE, CRUSHED CONCRETE., 4" (IF NEEDED SY 50
2003 BASE, CRUSHED CONCRETE, 8" SY 10,027
2004 ASPHALT, BASE COURSE, TYPE S-l, 2" SY 10,027
2005 ASPHALT, SURFACE COURSE, TYPE S-3, I" SY 10,713
2006 VALLEY GUTTER CURB, CITY INDEX 101 LF 50
2007 SWALE CURB 2'8" WIDE, CITY INDEX 108 LF 165
2008 CONCRETE CURB, FDOT TYPE D LF 6,196
2009 CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER, FOOT TYPE F LF 6,010
2010 ASPHALT, PRIVATE PARKING LOT TN 30
2011 1 " MILLING, PRIVATE PARKING LOT SY 48
2012 ASPHALT MILLING, V SY 690
2013 BEDDING MATERIAL, CRUSHED STONE #57 CY 100
2014 P REPARED PLANTING SOIL BACKFILL CY 2,520
TOTAL PAVING
3000 SIGNAGE AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
3001 6" WHITE PAINT EDGE LINE LF
' 3002 6" WHITE PAINT LANE LINE LF
3003 6" YELLOW PAINT EDGE LINE LF
3004 6" DOUBLE YELLOW PAINT CENTER LINE LF
3005 24" WHITE PAINT STOP BAR LF
3006 FDOT STANDARD WHITE LEFT TURN ARROW PAINT) EA
3007 4" TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONDUIT W/ 3 INNER-DUCTS) LF
' 3008 PULL BOX INSTALLATION (PULL BOXES SUPPLIED BY CITY) EA
TOTAL SIGNAGE AND PAVEMENT Mi
' 4000
4001 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION & A APE
6" WIDE CONCRETE FLUSH CURB INCLUDING TREE CUT-OUTS
1
LF
4002 18" WIDE CONCRETE FLUSH CURB @ CROSSWALKS LF
4003 6" CONCRETE SIDEWALK SY
' 4004 4" TEMPORARY SIDEWAK (IF NEEDED) Sy
4005 ISOLATION JOINT LF
4006 PAVER, TYPE P-1 ON 6" CONC. BASE SY
482
532
4,532
366
118
7
6
90,000.00 90,000.00
425.00 850.00
12 500.00 12 500.00
115,000.00 115,000.00
15.00 91000.00
92.00 4,416.00
264 266.00
2.50 30,137.50
7.50 375.00
8.25 82,722.75
7.95 79,714-65
4.50 48 208.50
22.00 11100.00
27.00 4,455.00
12.00 74,352.00
14.00 84 140.00
139.00 4,170.00
42.00 2,016.00
7.00 4,830.00
35.00 3.500.00
11.00 27,720.00
k 447 41.40
0.25 120.50
0.25 133.00
0 25 1 1 00
0.50 183.00
2.00 236.00
25.00 175.00
8.25 24,750.00
175.00 1,050.00
27,780.50
1,744 12.00 20, 928.00
1,400 25.00 35,0 0.00
6,270 45.00 282,150.00
375 35.00 13,125.00
800 12.00 9,600.00
2,189 75.00 164,175.00
Page 1 of 5
4007 PAVER, TYPE P-2 ON 6" CONC. BASE SY 1,052 75.00 78, 900.00
4008 PAVER, TYPE P-3 ON 6" CONC. BASE SY 307 75.00 23, 025.00
4009 PAVER, TYPE V-1, INCLUDING 8" CONC. BASE SY 46 95.00 4
370.00
4010 PAVER, TYPE V-2, INCLUDING 8" CONC. BASE SY 459 95.00 2
43, 605.00
4011 PAVER, TYPE V-3, INCLUDING 8" CONC. BASE SY 35 95.00 3,325.00
PAVER HANDICAP RAMP INCLUDING PAVERS, TRUNCATED
4012 DOME PAVERS ON 6" CONC. BASE EA 7 1,275.00 8,925.00
CONCRETE HANDICAP RAMP INCLUDING DETECTABLE
4013 WARNING MAT EA 12 1,075-00 12, 900.00
PLANTER CONCRETE HANDICAP RAMP INCLUDING
4014
F DETECTABLE WARNING MAT EA 3 875.00 2,625.00
DROP-OFF PAVER HANDICAP RAMP INCLUDING PAVERS AND
4015
6" CONC. BASE
EA
1
4,500.00
4,500.00
4016 8" THICK CONCRETE DRIVE SY 856 75.06 64, 200.00
4017 PAVER DRIVE ON 6" CONCRETE BASE SY 30 80.00 2,400.00
4018 BENCH EA 18 1,510.00 27,180.00
4019 TRASH RECEPTACLE EA 11 995.00 10, 945.00
4020 BIKE RACK EA 5 1,254.00 6,270.00
4021 REMOVABLE BOLLARD EA 5 1,125.00 5,625 00
4022 ANNUALS- 4" POTS EA 444 1.54 683.76
4023 CHINESE FAN PALM- 6'-16' C.T. EA 30 906.00 27,180.00
4024 COONTIE - 3 GAL EA 272 18.50 5,032.00
4025 DWARF CONFEDERATE JASMINE- I GAL. EA 300 4.15 1,245.00
4026 HIGHRISE LIVE OAK-15' HT., 3" CAL. EA 50 275.00 13, 750.00
4027 LAVENDER CRAPE MYRTLE- 30 GAL. EA 29 205.00 5,945.00
402$ LAVENDER CRAPE MYRTLE- 50 GAL. EA 9 355.00 3,195.00
4029 MEDJOOL DATE PALM- 14' C.T. EA 24 6,150.00 147,600.00
4030 MUHLY GRASS- 3 GAL. EA 454 10.00 4,540.00
4031 ORANGE BULBINE- 1 GAL. EA 306 6.50 1,989.00
4032 PARSONS JUNIPER- 3 GAL. EA 1,297 10.00 12, 970.00
4033 PERENNIAL PEANUT- 4" POTS EA 1,344 3.00 4,032.00
4034 SWEET VIBURNUM- 3 GAL. EA 74 10.00 740.00
4035 WINDMILL PALM - 14' C.T. EA 36 1,575.00 56, 700.00
4036 DWARF YAUPON HOLLY- 3 GAL. EA 144 10.00 -
l a
440.00
4037 XANADU PHILODENDRON- 3 GAL. FA 381 14.00 ,
.
5,334.00
4038 SOD- BERMUDA'419' SF 7,500 0 000.00
4039 SOD- ST. AUGUSTINE'FLURA'1'AM' SF 3,000 0.35 11050.00
4040 MULCH- MINI PINE BARK NUGGETS CY 215 45.00 9,675.00
4041 IRRIGATION LS 1 93, 170. 0 93,176.00
TOTAL LANDSCAPE, IRRIGATION & HARDSCAPE 1, 223, 043.76
5600 ELECTRICAL & LIGHTING
5001 E
UCTOR (3 #6 INSULATED) LF 1,100 2.50 2,750.00
5002 UIT 2" HAND TRENCHED LF 5,800 5.00 29, 000.00
5003 UTI 2" DIRECTIONAL BORE LF 800 12.00 2,600.00
5004 CONDUIT 1" DIRECTIONAL BORE LF 400 9.00 3,600.00
5005 SERICE CENTER EA 3 14 500.00 43, 500.00
5006 PULL BOXES EA 106 310.00 32, 860.00
5007 PLANTER LIGHT TERMINATION & CONNECTION EA 16 645.00 10, 320.00
Page 2of5
1
TOTAL ELECTRICAL & LIGHTING 131, 630.00
SUB-TOTAL ROADS & ADMINISTRATION 1001-5007 2,094,161.66
5008 10% CONTINGENCY ROADS & ADMINISTRATION 1001-5007 209,416.17
TOTAL ROADS & ADMINISTRATION 1001-5008 2, 303, 577.83
6000 STORMWATIKR
6001 15" RCP IT 120 35.00 4,200.00
6002 IS" RCP I_F 250 42.00 10,500.00
6003 24" RCP LF 40 51.00 2,040.00
6004 4" CONTECH A-2000 PVC PIPE (IF NEEDED) LF 40 15.00 600.00
6005 8" PVC CONTECH PIPE, TYPE A-2000 LF 120 15.00 1,800.00
6006 10" PVC CONTECH PIPE, TYPE A-2000 (IF NEEDED) LF 100 17.00 1,700.00
6007 12" PVC CONTECH PIPE, TYPE A-2000 LF 50 21.00 1, 050.0
6008 18" PVC CONTECH PIPE, TYPE A-2000 LF 40 37.00 1,480.00
6009 16" DUCTILE IRON STORM PIPE CEMENT COATINGS LF 70 75.00 5,
6010 18" DUCTILE IRON STORM PIPE (CEMENT COATINGS) LF 120 85.00 10, 200.00
6011 BRICK & MORTAR PLUG EA 6 350.00 2,100.00
6012 6" UNDER DRAIN (IF NEEDED) LF 300 25.00 7,500.00
6013 6" UNDER DRAIN CLEANOUT, (IF NEEDED) EA 3 175.00 525.0
6014 8" UNDER DRAIN CLEANOUT EA 2 200.00 400.00
6015 CURB INLET, FDOT TYPE 5 (SINGLE WING) EA 5 3,975.00 19, 875.00
6016 CURB INLET FDOT TYPE 5 CONFLICT (SINGLE WING EA 3 4,350.00
6017 CURB INLET, FDOT TYPE 6 (DOUBLE WING) EA 1 4, 550.00 4,550.00
6018 CURB INLET, FDOT TYPE 6 CONFLICT (DOUBLE WING) EA 2 4,975.00 91950.00
6019 FDOT TYPE V STORM INLET, 14 BOTTOM EA 1 3,795.00 3,795.00
6020 FDOT TYPE V STORM INLET, P-3.5 BOTTOM EA 1 4,250.00 4, 250.00
6021 FDOT TYPE V STORM INLET, 1-6 BOTTOM EA 1 4,875.00 4,875.00
6022 CURB INLET, FDOT TYPE 9 EA 2 4,365.00 8,730.00
6023 FDOT STORM MANHOLE, TYPE Jai EA 2 4,275.00 8,550.00
6024 FDOT STORM MANHOLE, FORMED IN PLACE, TYPE 14 EA 1 5,195.00 5,195.0
6025 CONFLICT FDOT STORM MANHOLE W/SUMP TYPE J4 EA 1 3,575.00 3,575.00
6026 FDOT CONFLICT STORM MANHOLE FORMED IN PLACE, TYPE J-
4 IF NEEDED EA 1 4,295.00 4,295.00
6027 FDOT CONFLICT STORM MANHOLE FORMED IN PLACE, TYPE J-
5 IF NEEDED EA 1 5,125.00 5,125.00
6028 8" DUCTILE IRON SANITARY SEWER PIPE (REMOVE AND
REPPLACE LF 20
45.00
900.00
6029 10" DUCTILE IRON SANITARY SEWER PIPE (REMOVE AND
REPLACE LF 70
55.00
3,850.00
6030 ADJUST STORM MANHOLE RING AND COVER EA 6 425.00 2,550.00
6031 PIPE CONNECTION INTO EXISTING STRUCTURES EA 8 1,275-00 10, 200.00
6032 PRIVATE STORM BOX EA 3 2,150.00 6,450.00
6033 PRIVATE PERCOLATION INLET IF NEEDED) EA 2 2,575.00 5 150.00
SUS-TOTAL STORMWATER 1001-6033 174 260.00
6034 10% CONTINGENCY FOR STORMWATER ITEMS 6001-6033 17, 426.00
TOTAL STORMWATER 6001.6034 191, 686.00
UTILITIES
Page 3 of 5
u
I
7000 WATER
7001 1" & 1 1/2" WATER SERVICE EA 20 525.00 10 500.00
7002 12" DI WATER MAIN LF 65 62.00 4,030.00
7003 8" PVC WATER MAIN L1' 6,000 23.00 138, 000.00
7004 6" PVC WATER MAIN LF 100 21.00 2,100.00
7005 4" PVC WATER MAIN LF 85 20.00 1,700.00
7006 12" CROSS EA 1 1,615.00 1,615.00
7007 LINE STOP EA 4 3,500.00 14, 000.00
7008 12" GATE VALVE EA 6 2,925.00 17, 550.00
7009 8" GATE VALVE EA 9 1,625.00 14, 625.00
7010 6" GATE VALVE EA 11 1,125.00 12,375.00
7011 4" GATE VALVE EA 8 895.00 7,16 .00
7012 FITTINGS & APPURTENANCES TN 5 3,950.00 19, 750.00
7013 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY EA 13 3,650.00 47, 450.00
SUB-TOTAL WATER 7001-7013 290, 855.00
7014 10% CONTINGENCY FOR WATER 7001-7013 LS 29, 085.50
TOTAL WATER 7001-7014 319, 940.50
8000 RECLAIMED WATER
8001 4" PVC RECLAIM MAIN LF 3,000 15.00 45, 000.00
8002 1" RECLAIM SERVICE LF 120 Tr. W 1,200.0-
8003 4" GATE VALVE EA 15 895.00 13,425.00
SUB-TOTAL RECLAIMED WATER 800I.8003 59, 625.00
8004 10% CONTINGENCY FOR RECLAIMED WATER 8001-8003 LS 5,962.50
TOTAL RECLAIMED WATER 800141004 65, 587.50
9000 SANITARY SEWER
9001 5- SANITARY MANHOLE (ECCENTRIC CONE) EA 4 4,275.00 17 100.00
9002 ADJUST SANITARY MANHOLE RING A COVER EA 6 275.00 1,650.00
9003 REMOVE AND REPLACE 6" SANITARY SEWER LATERAL (IF
NEEDED
EA
30
815.00
24,450.00
9004 REMOVE AND REPLACE 8" DI SANITARY SEWER MAIN (IF
NEEDED)
LF
30
45.00
1,350.00
9005 REMOVE AND REPLACE 10" DI SANITARY SEWER MAIN (IF
NEEDED)
LF
90
65.00
5,850.00
9006 INSTALL GLEAN-OUT ON EXISTING LATERAL EA 5 305.00 1,525-00
9007 REMOVE ABANDONED 8" SANITARY PIPE LF- 85 10.00 850.00
9008 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE. CONE ONLY EA 1 1,875.00 1,875.00
SUB-TOTAL SANITARY SEWER 9001-9008 54, 650.00
9009 10% CONTINGENCY FOR SANITARY SEWER 9001-9008 LS 5,465.0 0
TOTAL SANITARY SEWER 9001-9009 60,115.00
SUB-TOTAL UTILITIES 7001-7013 M14 M3 & 9001-9008 405 130.00
TOTAL UTILITIES 10% CONTINGENCY 7914, 8004 & 9009 40.513 - 00
TOTAL UTILITIES 445, 643.00
SUBTOTAL (LINES 1001-1007,2001-2014,3001-3009,4001-4041,
5001-5007, 6001-6033, 7001-7013, 8001-9003 & 9001-9008)
2, 673, 551.66
Page 4 of 5
1
0000 TOTAL 10% CONTIGENCIES (LINES 5008,6032,7014,9004,& 1 .. ... ?
9009
1 67,355.17
TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST ES 1001-100001 9,940,906.8 1
' GONTRACTOR:
BIDDER'S TOTAL $ 2, 940, 906.83 (Numbers)
BIDDER'S TOTAL $ Two Million, Nine Hundred Fourty Thousand Nine Hundred and Six Dollars
' an g y ree cents. WORDS
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE S HIS TOTAL ID BASED ON HIS R PRICES AND
LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS
' FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE
THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE
IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER IT SHALL BE CHANGES AS ONLY
THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
1
1-1
Page 5 of 5
1
SECTION VI
1
ADDITIONAL
PROJECT
1
REQUIREMENTS
1
' BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION
1
Section 1605 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act states that:
' "None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be used for a project for the
construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a public building or public work unless all of the iron,
' steel, and manufactured goods used in the project are produced in the United States."
To meet this requirement, the undersigned hereby certifies that all of the material, equipment
' and accessories which are to be incorporated into the (Name of Construction Contract) to be
partially funded by monies from the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, has been
manufactured from domestic construction material as defined by 40 CFR 35.936-13(D).
Name of Contractor
Date
Si at re orized Official
Title
' 10. FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS
(Davis-Bacon Act, Copeland Act, and Contract Works Hours & Safety Standards Act)
' The Project to which the construction work covered by this contract pertains is being assisted
by the United States of America and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are
included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance.
' A.1.( 1) Minimum Wages. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of
the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in
' the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often
than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such
payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the
' Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or
cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those
contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and
' made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist
between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs
reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon
Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or
mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv); also, regular contributions made
or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under
plans, funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be
constructively made or incurred during such weekly period.
' Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits
on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard
to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing
' work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each
classification for the time actually worked therein; provided, that the employer=s payroll
records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is
' performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates
conformed under 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1)(ii) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be
posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a
' prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.
(ii) (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage
' determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in
conformance with the wage determination. EPA shall approve an additional classification
and wage rate and fringe benefits; therefore, only when the following criteria have been
' met:
(1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not
' performed by a classification in the wage determination; and
(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and
1 (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears
a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage
' determination.
(b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the
' classification (if known), or their representatives, and EPA or its designee agree on the
classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where
appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by EPA or its designee to the '
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, employment Standards Administration, U. S.
Department of Labor, Washington, D. C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized '
representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action
within 30 days of receipt and so advise EPA or its designee or will notify EPA or its
designee within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the '
Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.)
( c) In the event that the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed '
in the Classification or their representatives, and EPA or its designee do not agree on the
proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designed for fringe benefits,
where appropriate), EPA or its designee shall refer the questions, including the views of all '
interested parties and the recommendation of EPA or its designee, to the Administrator for
determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a
determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise EPA or its designee or will notify '
EPA or its designee within the 30-day period that the additional time is necessary.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215-
0140.) '
(d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined
pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(b) or ( c) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers '
performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is
performed in the classification.
(iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of '
laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate,
the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay '
another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
(iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the '
contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of
any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or
program. Provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the '
contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The
Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for
the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (Approved by the Office of '
Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215-0140.)
2. Withholding. EPA or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of ,
an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld
from the contractor under this contract or any other federal contract with the same prime
contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing '
wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor so much of the accrued
payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics,
including apprentices, trainees and helpers employed by the contractor or any ,
subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to
pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or
working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under '
the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the
wages required by the contract, EPA, or its designee may, after written notice to the
contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owners, take such action as may be necessary to cause '
the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such
1
violations have ceased. EPA or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor,
disburse such amounts withheld for and on account of the contractor or subcontractor to
the respective employees to whom they are due. The Comptroller General shall make
such disbursements in the case of direct Davis-Bacon Act contracts.
3.( i) Payrolls and Basic Records. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be
maintained by the contractor during the course of the work preserved for a period of three
years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the
United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction
or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social
security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of
wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe
benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the
Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual
wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that
the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably
anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of
the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the
commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially
responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the
laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual
cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees
under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of
apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the
apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable
programs. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control
Numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017).
(ii)(a) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is
performed a copy of all payrolls to EPA or its designee if the agency is a party to the
contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the
applicant, sponsor, or owners, as the case may be, for transmission to EPA or its
' designee. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the
information required to be maintained under 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(3)(1). This information
may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose
' and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number
029-005-00014-1), U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. The prime
contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
' (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215-
0149).
' (b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a Statement of
Compliance, signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or
supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the
' following:
(1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required
to be maintained under 29 CFR Part 5.5 (a)(3)(1) and that such information is correct and
' complete;
(2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and
' trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly
wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have
been made either directly
or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in
29 CFR Part 3;
(3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the
applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work
performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the
contract.
( c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the
reverse side of Option Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the
Statement of Compliance required by paragraph A. 3(ii)(b) of this section.
(d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor
or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section
231 of Title 31 of the United States Code.
(iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph
A.3(I) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized
representatives of EPA or its designee or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such
representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor
or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, EPA or its
designee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take
such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment,
advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon
request to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to
29 CFR Part 5.12.
4.(1) Apprentices and Trainees.
(i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined
rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually
registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U. S. Department of
Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or
with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed
in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an
apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has
been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship
Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice.
The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification
shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force
under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate,
who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than
the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually
performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the
ratio permitted under the registered program, shall be paid not less than the applicable
wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor
is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is
registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman=s
hourly rate) specified in the contractor=s or subcontractor=s registered program shall be
observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the
registered program for the apprentice=s level of progress, expressed as a percentage of
the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices
' shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship
program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must
be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the
' applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails
for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with the
determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State
' Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an
apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at
less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable
' program is approved.
(ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to
' work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed
pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval,
evidenced by formal certification by the U. S. Department of Labor, Employment and
Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be
greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training
Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the
' approved program for the trainee=s level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the
journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be
paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee
' program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe
benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour
Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the
' corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less
than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee
rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment
' and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the
wage determination for the work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing
work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be
' paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually
performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval
of a training program the contract will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than
' the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is
approved.
' (iii) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and
journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity
requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30.
' 5. Compliance with Copeland Act Requirements. The contractor shall comply with
the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3 which are incorporated by reference in this contract.
' 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor will insert in any subcontracts the
' clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as EPA or its
designee may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the
subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contract
' shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor
with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5.
7. Contract Termination, Debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5
may be grounds for termination of the contract and for debarment as a contractor and a
subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings and
interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3 and 5
are herein incorporated by referenced in this contract.
9. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards
provisions of this contract shall not be subject to, the general disputes clause of this
contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the
Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of
this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and EPA
or its designee, the U. S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.
10.( i) Certification of Eligibility. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies
that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor=s
firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section
3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) or to be awarded EPA contracts or
participate in EPA programs pursuant to Executive Order 12549.
(ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for
award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29
CFR 5.12(x)(1) or to be awarded EPA contracts or participate in EPA programs pursuant
to Executive Order 12549.
(iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U. S. Criminal Code,
18 U. S. C. 1001. Additionally, U. S. Criminal Code, Section 1010, Title 18, U. S. C.,
Federal Housing Administration transactions, provides in part Whoever, for the purpose of.
..influencing in any way the action of such Administration ...makes, utters or publishes
any statement, knowing the same to be false ...shall be fined not more than $5,000 or
imprisoned not more than two years, or both.
11. Complaints, Proceedings, or Testimony by Employees. No laborer or mechanic to
whom the wage, salary, or other labor standards provisions of this contract are applicable
shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the contractor or any
subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be
instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or
relating to the labor standards applicable under this contract to his employer.
B. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. As used in the paragraph, the
terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards.
(1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of
the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics
shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is
employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such
laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times
the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
(2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any
violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, the contractor and
any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition,
such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work
done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such
territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with
respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed
' in violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, in the sum of $10
for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in
excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages
' required by the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph.
(3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. EPA or its designee shall
' upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the
Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on
account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or
' any other Federal contract with the same prime contract, or any other Federally-assisted
contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act , which is held by
the same prime contractor such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy
' any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages
as provided in the clause set forth in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph.
' (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the
clauses set forth in subparagraph (1) through (4) of this paragraph and also a clause
requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The
' prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier
subcontractor with the clauses set forth in subparagraphs (1) through (4) of this paragraph.
' C. Health and Safety
(1) No laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings or under working
conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health and safety as
' determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary
of Labor by regulation.
(2) The contractor shall comply with all regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor
pursuant to Title 29 Part 1926 (formerly part 1518) and failure to comply may result in
imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act
' (Public Law 91-54.83 State 96).
(3) The contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in every subcontract so
' that such provisions will be binding on each subcontractor. The contractor shall take such
action with respect to any subcontract as the Secretary of Housing and Urban
Development or the Secretary of Labor shall direct as a means of enforcing such
' provisions.
11. Guidance to Contractor for Compliance with Labor Standards Provisions
1 a) Contracts with Two Wage Decisions
' If the contract includes two wage decisions, the contractor, and each subcontractor who
works on the site, must submit either two separate payrolls (one for each wage decision)
or one payroll which identifies each worker twice and the hours worked under each wage
' decision. One single payroll, reflecting each worker once, may be submitted provided the
Contractor uses the higher rate in the wage decisions for each identical job classification.
1
However, where a job classification is not listed in a wage decision and is needed for that
portion of the work, the classification must be added to the wage decision. A worker may
not be paid at the rate for a classification using the hourly rate for that same classification
in another wage decision. After the additional classification is approved, the contractor
may pay the higher of the two rates and submit one payroll, if desired.
b) Complying with Minimum Hourly Amounts
1) The minimum hourly amount due to a worker in each classification is the total of the
amounts in the Rates and Fringe Benefits (if any) columns of the applicable wage
decision.
2) The contractor may satisfy this minimum
and bona fide fringe benefits, regardless
Rates and Fringe Benefits columns.
3) A contractor payment for a worker which is required by law is not a fringe benefit in
meeting the minimum hourly amount due under the applicable wage decision. For
example, contractor payments for FICA or unemployment insurance are not a fringe
benefit; however, contractor payments for health insurance or retirement are a fringe
benefit. Generally, a fringe benefit is bona fide if (a) it is available to most workers and
(b) involves payments to a third party.
4) The hourly value of the fringe benefit is calculated by dividing the contractor=s
annual cost (excluding any amount contributed by the worker) for the fringe benefit by
2080. Therefore, for workers with overtime, an additional payment may be required to
meet the minimum hourly wages since generally fringe benefits have no value for any
time worked over 40 hours weekly. (If a worker is paid more than the minimum rates
required by the wage decision, this should not be a problem. As long as the total
wages received by a worker for straight time equals the hours worked times the
minimum hourly rate in the wage decision, the requirement of the Davis-Bacon and
Related Acts has been satisfied.)
c) Overtime
For any project work over 40 hours weekly, a worker generally must be paid 150% of the
actual hourly cash rate received, not the minimum required by the wage decision. (The
Davis-Bacon and Related Acts only establishes minimum rates and does not address
overtime; the Contract Work Hours Act contains the overtime requirement and uses basic
rate of pay as the base for calculation, not the minimum rates established by the Davis-
Bacon and Related Acts.)
d) Deductions
Workers who have deductions, not required by law, from their pay must authorize these
deductions in writing. The authorization must identify the purpose of each deduction and
the amount, which may be a specific dollar amount or a percentage. A copy of the
authorization must be submitted with the first payroll containing the deduction. If deducted
amounts increase, another authorization must be submitted. If deducted amounts
decrease, no revision to the original authorization is needed. Court-ordered deductions,
such as child support, may be identified by the responsible payroll person in a separate
hourly amount by any combination of cash '
of the individual amounts reflected in the
document. This document should identify the worker, the amount deducted and the
purpose. A copy of the court order should be submitted.
' e) Classifications Not Included in the Wage Decision
' If a classification not in the wage decision is required, please advise the owner=s
representative in writing and identify the job classification(s) required. In some instances,
the State agency may allow the use of a similar classification in the wage decision.
' Otherwise, the contractor and affected workers must agree on a minimum rate, which
cannot be lower than the lowest rate for any trade in the wage decision. Laborers
(including any subcategory of the laborer classification) and truck drivers are not
considered a trade for this purpose. If the classification involves a power equipment
operator, the minimum cannot be lower than the lowest rate for any power equipment
' operator in the wage decision. The owner will provide forms to document agreement on
the minimum rate by the affected workers and contractor.
' The U.S. Department of Labor (USDOL) must approve the proposed classification and
rate. The contractor may pay the proposed rate until the USDOL makes a determination.
Should the USDOL require a higher rate, the contractor must make wage restitution to the
affected worker(s) for all hours worked under the proposed rate.
f) Supervisory Personnel
' Foremen and other supervisory personnel who spend at least 80% of their time
supervising workers are not covered by the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts. Therefore, a
' wage decision will not include such supervisory classifications and their wages are not
subject to any minimums under the Davis-Bacon and Related Act or overtime payments
under the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. However, foremen and other
' supervisory personnel who spend less than 80% of their time engaged in supervisory
activities are considered workers/mechanics for the time spent engaged in manual labor
and must be paid at least the minimum in the wage decision for the appropriate
classification (s) based on the work performed.
g) Sole Proprietorships / Independent Contractors / Leased Workers
The nature of the relationship between a prime contractor and a worker does not affect the
requirement to comply with the labor standards provisions of this contract. The applicability of
' the labor standards provisions is based on the nature of the work performed.
If the work performed is primarily manual in nature, the worker is subject to the labor standards
' provisions in this contract. For example, if John Smith is the owner of ABC Plumbing and
performs all plumbing work himself, then Mr. Smith is subject to the labor standards provisions,
including minimum wages and overtime. His status as owner is irrelevant for labor standards
' purposes.
If a worker meets the IRS standards for being an independent contractor, and is employed as
' such, this means that the worker must submit a separate payroll as a subcontractor rather than
be included on some other payroll. The worker is still subject to the labor standards provisions
in this contract, including minimum wages and overtime.
1
[7
If a contractor or subcontractor leases its workers, they are subject to the labor standards
provisions in this contract, including minimum wages and overtime. The leasing firm must
submit payrolls and these payrolls must reflect information required to determine compliance
with the labor standards provisions of this contract, including a classification for each worker
based on the nature of the work performed, number of regular hours worked, and number of ,
overtime hours worked.
h) Apprentices / Helpers
A worker may be classified as an apprentice only if participating in a federal or state
program. Documentation of participation must be submitted. Generally, the apprentice
program specifies that the apprentice will be compensated at a percentage of journeyman rate.
For Davis-Bacon Act purposes, the hourly rate cannot be lower than the percentage of the
hourly rate for the classification in the applicable wage decision. '
If the worker does not participate in a federal or state apprentice program, then the worker must
be classified according to duties performed. This procedure may require classification in the ,
trade depending on tools used, or as a laborer if specialized tools of the trade are not used. The
contractor may want to consult with the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. Department of
Labor located in most large cities regarding the appropriate classification. '
Presently, no worker may be classified as a helper. As with apprentices not participating in a
formal apprentice program, the worker must be classified according to duties performed and I
tools used.
1
11
Page 1 of 4
GENERAL DECISION: FL20100332 03/12/2010 FL332
Date: March 12, 2010
General Decision Number: FL20100332 03/12/2010
Superseded General Decision Number: FL20080332
State: Florida
Construction Type: Highway
County: Pinellas County in Florida.
HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
Modification Number Publication Date
0 03/12/2010
* ELEC0915-004 12/01/2009
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN ...................... $ 24.16 34%+$0.22
----------------------------------------------------------------
* SUFL2009-229 08/05/2009
Rates Fringes
CARPENTER, Including Form Work ... $ 13.71 1.37
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER ... $ 13.04 0.00
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
Operator (Striping machine) ..... $ 11.97 2.23
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
Painter ......................... $ 13.31 0.00
IRONWORKER, REINFORCING .......... $ 14.50 1.37
IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL ........... $ 16.75 3.88
LABORER: Asphalt Raker .......... $ 9.94 0.00
LABORER: Asphalt Shoveler ....... $ 10.70 0.00
LABORER: Common or General ...... $ 9.41 0.00
LABORER: Flagger ................ $ 12.75 0.00
LABORER: Grade Checker .......... $ 10.50 0.55
LABORER: Landscape and
Irrigation ....................... $ 8.77 0.00
LABORER: Luteman ................ $ 10.32 0.00
LABORER: Mason Tender -
Cement/Concrete .................. $ 12.00 1.80
http://frwebgate. access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc. cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=FL2010... 9/13/2010
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
rage L 0i'+
LABORER: Pipelayer .............. $ 11.52 2.65
LABORER: P ower Tool Operator
(Hand Held Drills/Saws,
Jackhammer and Power Saws ........ $ 11.23 1.96
OPERATOR: Asphalt Paver ......... $ 11.52 0.00
OPERATOR: Asphalt Plant ......... $ 12.20 0.00
OPERATOR: Asphalt Spreader ...... $ 10.76 0.00
OPERATOR: Auger ................. $ 19.40 0.44
OPERATOR: Backhoe Loader
Combo ..... ............ $ 15.33 0.97
OPERATOR: Backhoe ............... $ 15.50 2.28
OPERATOR: Boom .................. $ 16.61 0.00
OPERATOR: Bulldozer ............. $ 14.00 1.85
OPERATOR: Crane ................. $ 19.80 1.37
OPERATOR: Distributor ........... $ 11.47 0.00
OPERATOR: Drill ................. $ 13.00 1.59
OPERATOR: Grader/Blade .......... $ 12.71 0.00
OPERATOR: Loader ................ $ 12.00 0.00
OPERATOR: Mechanic .............. $ 16.31 1.37
OPERATOR: Milling machine ....... $ 11.92 0.00
OPERATOR: Oiler ................. $ 11.92 1.91
OPERATOR: Paver ................. $ 12.42 0.86
OPERATOR: Piledriver ............ $ 15.59 4.00
OPERATOR: Roller ................ $ 10.65 0.00
OPERATOR: Scraper ............... $ 10.70 1.60
OPERATOR: Screed ................ $ 10.82 0.00
OPERATOR: Tractor ............... $ 12.78 0.00
OPERATOR: Trencher .............. $ 13.41 0.49
PAINTER: S pray and Steel ......... $ 16.62 0.00
TRUCK DRIV ER: 4 Axle Truck ...... $ 11.00 0.00
TRUCK DRIV ER: Tractor Haul
Truck ..... ....................... $ 10.64 0.00
http://fiwebgate. access. gpo. gov/cgi-bin/getdoc. cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=FL2010... 9/13/2010
rage.j of 4
TRUCK DRIVER: 10 Yard Haul
' Away .. ....... .................... $ 12.50 0.00
' TRUCK
TRUCK DRIVER:
DRIVER: 3 Axle Truck .......
Distributor ........ $
$ 10.97
11.30 1.97
2.26
' TRUCK
TRUCK DRIVER:
DRIVER: Dump Truck .........
Lowboy Truck ....... $
$ 10.05
14.05 0.00
0.00
TRUCK DRIVER: Material Truck ..... $ 12.76 9.80
TRUCK
------ DRIVER:
------- Water Truck ........
-------------------- $
- 10.50
------------- 0.00
-----------------
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing
operation to which welding is incidental.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within
the scope of the
classifications listed may be added after award only as
provided in the labor
standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates
listed under the
identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and
fringe benefit
rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have
been determined
to be prevailing.
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
' * a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on
a wage
' determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries
of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional office
for the area in
' which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices
have
http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoe.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=FL2010... 9/13/2010
Fage 4 o1 4
1
responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the
' response from this
initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described
in 2.) and
3.) should be followed.
' With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process
described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of
Construction
Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U.S. Department of Labor
' 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
' interested party
(those affected by the action) can request review and
reconsideration from
t the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 21 CFR Part 1.8 and 21 CFR
Part 7 ) .
Write to:
' Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
' The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested
' party's position and by any information (wage payment data,
project
description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor
considers
' relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested
party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board
(formerly the
Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
' Administrative Review Board
U.S. Department of Labor
' 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
1
1 http://frwebgate.access.gPo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=FL2010
9/13/2010
MBE/WBE Reporting
"Measuring the Effectiveness of the Program"
Program Comparison
Old MBE/WBE Program
New DBE Program
Recipients must report MBE/WBE accomplishments No Change
on EPA Form 5700-52A.
The following recipients report on an annual basis: No Change
• Recipients of Continuing Environmental
Program Grants under 40 CFR Part 35,
Subpart A;
• Recipients under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart
B;
• General Assistance Program (GAP) grants
for tribal governments and intertribal
consortia; and
• Institutions of higher education, hospitals
and other non-profit organizations
receiving financial assistance agreements
under 40 CFR Part 30.
The following recipients report on a quarterly Recipients who reported quarterly under the old
basis: program, now report on a semi-annual basis.
• Recipients of financial assistance
agreements that capitalize revolving loan
funds; and
• All other recipients not specified as
"annual reporters".
Self-certified MBEs and WBEs can be counted MBEs and WBEs must be certified in order to be
toward a recipient's accomplishments. counted toward a recipient's accomplishments.
What is the Purpose of MBE/WBE Reporting?
The purpose of MBE/WBE reporting is to monitor the grant recipient's
• Accomplishments in Utilizing MBEs and WBEs;
• Adherence to the Good Faith Efforts (i.e., outreach to MBEs, WBEs, and other DBEs); and
• Progress in Achieving MBE and WBE Goals.
What are the Grant Recipient's Responsibilities for MBE/WBE Reporting?
• Complete $ submit EPA Form 5700-52A for each reporting period at a frequency
specified in the grant agreement, to the appropriate EPA office and personnel as
identified in their financial assistance agreement.
• Submit "negative reports" (e.g., reports where there were no MBEs or WBEs utilized, or no
procurement expenditures of any kind were made during the reporting period).
• Collect and retain ocument data on MBE, WBE, and Total Procurement expenditures
made for the grant project up to the "Total Assistance Agreement Amount" (i.e., the
grantee's total budget).
' • Report procurement expenditures from dill sources (i.e., the EPA grant recipient, sub-
recipients, loan recipients (and the prime contractors of all three entities)].
What are the reporting frequencies and due dates?
Annual Reporters:
1 • Recipients of Continuing Environmental Program Grants under 40 CFR Part 35,
Subpart A;
' • Recipients under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart B;
• General Assistance Program (GAP) grants for tribal governments and intertribal
consortia; and
' • Institutions of higher education, hospitals and other non-profit organizations receiving
financial assistance agreements under 40 CFR Part 30.
• Annual Reporters must submit their completed EPA Form 5700-52A to EPA within 30
' days of the end of the annual reporting period (October 30th).
Semi-Annual Reporters:
' • Recipients of financial assistance agreements that capitalize revolving loan funds; and
• All other recipients not specified as "annual reporters".
' • Semiannual Reporters must submit their completed EPA Form 5700-52A to EPA within
30 days of the end of the semiannual reporting period (April 30th and October
30th).
' What must be considered in counting MBE/WBE participation?
' • MBEs & WBEs must be officially certified as such, in order to claim/report them as
MBE/WBE on EPA Form 5700-52A. (See Certification Fact Sheet)
• MBEs and WBEs may = act as Brokers or Passive conduits of funds.
' • A MBE or WBE Trucker must serve a "commercially-useful" function.
• The amount counted towards a MBE or WBE Prime Contractor may not exceed 100% of
contract value.
' • To be claimed 100% MBE or WBE, a Prime Contractor who is MBE or WBE may not sub-
award more than 49% of its contract value to non-MBE/WBE.
' MBE/WBE Reporting Under Revolving Loan Programs
• EPA financial assistance recipients that capitalize Revolving Loan Programs need only
' report "Total Procurement Dollars" in the amount of loans equal or up to the capitalization
grant amount.
• Entities receiving identified loans must submit their MBE/WBE participation reports/data
' to the EPA grant recipient (rather than to EPA).
• EPA financial assistance recipients that capitalize Revolving Loan Programs must ensure
that they receive procurement reports from revolving loan recipients in time to meet EPA's
MBE/WBE Reporting deadlines.
MBE/WBE Certification
"Maintaining the Integrity of the Program"
1
Old MBE/WBE Program
Program Comparison
New DBE Program
MBEs and WBEs self-certify their status. MBEs and WBEs must be certified by EPA, SBA, DOT, or
by state, local, Tribal, or private entities whose
certification criteria match EPA's.
*States are not required to develop or implement a
new certification program.
Self-certified MBEs and WBEs can be counted MBEs and WBEs must be certified in order to be
toward a recipient's MBE/WBE accomplishments counted toward a recipient's MBE/WBE
when reporting on EPA Form 5700-52A accomplishments.
What Are DBEs, MBEs and WBEs?
• Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs) are
• entities owned and/or controlled by a socially and economically disadvantaged
individuals as described by Title X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (42
U.S.C. 7601 note) (10% statute), and Public Law 102-389 (42 U.S.C. 4370d) (8%
statute), respectively;
• a Small Business Enterprise (SBE);
• a Small Business in a Rural Area (SERA);
• a Labor Surplus Area Firm (LSAF); or
• a Historically Underutilized Business (HUB) Zone Small Business Concern, or a
concern under a successor program.
• Minority Business Enterprises (MBEs) are entities that are at least 51 % owned and/or
controlled by a socially and economically disadvantaged individual as described by Title
X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 7601 note), and Public Law 102-
389 (42 U.S.C. 4370d), respectively.
• Women's Business Enterprises (WBEs) are entities that are at least 51 % owned and/or
controlled by women (under the 10% and 8% statutes).
Who is responsible for certifying MBE and WBE firms?
EPA OSDBU Headquarters will be responsible for implementing and processing the
certification of MBE/WBE firms. Regional DBE coordinators will assist by providing forms
to interested firms and fielding general questions. The states have no responsibility to
implement or maintain a certification program for EPA.
Does EPA accept other certifications?
Yes. Under the new DBE Program entities can no longer self-certify. EPA will accept
certifications from:
• SBA and DOT (with U.S. citizenship);
• Tribal, State and local governments, as long as their standards for certification
meet or exceed our own; and
11
1
11
IJ
• Independent private organization certifications as long as their standards for
certification meet or exceed our own.
If and entity holds one of these certifications, it is considered acceptable for establishing
MBE or WBE status under EPA's DBE Program, and application for EPA certification is not
needed.
What are the EPA MBE/WBE certification requirements?
• In order to be certified by EPA, an entity must first attempt to be certified by SBA or DOT,
or a Tribal, State, or local government, or by an independent private organization, and
be unsuccessful in that attempt.
• To qualify as a MBE or WBE under EPA's programs an entity must establish that it is at
least 51 % owned and/or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged
individuals who are of good character and are citizens of the United States.
• An individual claiming economic disadvantaged status must have an initial and continued
personal net worth of less than $750,000.
What does the certification process entail?
• Applications are filed with EPA OSDBU. Applications can be obtained from EPA OSDBU,
from regional DBE Coordinators, and from EPA OSDBU's website, wwwigpa.govzosdbu .
The application includes the following:
o An attestation to the accuracy and truthfulness of the information on the
application form by sworn affidavit, or an unsworn declaration executed under
penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States.
o The application must include evidence demonstrating that the entity is owned
and/or controlled by one or more individuals claiming disadvantaged status,
along with certifications or narratives regarding the disadvantaged status of such
individuals.
o The application must include documentation of a denial of certification by a
Federal agency, State government, local government, Indian Tribal government, or
independent private organization, if applicable.
Once applications are filed, EPA OSDBU will advise each applicant within 15 days,
whether the application is complete and suitable for evaluation and, if not, what
additional information or action is required.
EPA OSDBU will make its certification decision within 30 days of receipt of a complete
and suitable application package.
How does Certification affect a firm's participation in the overall DBE program?
• In order for a firm to be counted towards a recipient's Minority Business Enterprise and
Women Business Enterprise utilization, a firm must be certified.
• Non-certified MBEs and WBEs may be used by recipients for their procurement needs.
However, those firms cannot be counted toward their MBE WBE accomplishments.
• DBE Program outreach efforts apply to all DBEs, not just MBEs and WBEs.
1